1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type {
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
172 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno;
173 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno;
175 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
176 struct htab *got_entries;
177 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
178 struct htab *got_page_refs;
179 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
180 struct htab *got_page_entries;
181 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
182 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
183 struct mips_got_info *next;
186 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* The output bfd. */
192 /* The link information. */
193 struct bfd_link_info *info;
194 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
195 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
197 struct mips_got_info *primary;
198 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
200 struct mips_got_info *current;
201 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
203 unsigned int max_count;
204 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
205 unsigned int max_pages;
206 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
207 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
208 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
210 unsigned int global_count;
213 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
214 when laying out the GOT. */
216 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
218 struct bfd_link_info *info;
219 struct mips_got_info *g;
223 struct _mips_elf_section_data
225 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
232 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
233 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
235 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
236 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
237 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
238 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
240 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
241 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
242 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
243 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
244 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
245 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
247 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
248 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
249 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
250 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
251 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
254 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
255 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
256 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
258 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
261 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
262 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
265 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
267 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
271 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
273 to a separate trampoline section.
275 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
276 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
277 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
278 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
279 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
280 asection *stub_section;
282 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
285 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
286 in H->root.root.u.def. */
287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
290 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
292 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
294 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
299 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
302 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
303 the dynamic symbols. */
305 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
307 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
309 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
310 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
311 symbol with a GOT entry. */
312 long min_got_dynindx;
313 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
314 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
315 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
316 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
317 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
318 symbol without a GOT entry. */
319 long max_non_got_dynindx;
322 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
323 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
324 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
329 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
332 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
335 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
338 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
339 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
341 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
342 unsigned int need_mips : 1;
344 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
345 unsigned int need_comp : 1;
348 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
349 the global hash table. */
351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
353 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
355 /* External symbol information. */
358 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
359 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
361 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
363 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
365 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
366 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
369 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
370 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
374 being called returns a floating point value. */
375 asection *call_fp_stub;
377 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
378 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
380 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
381 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
382 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
383 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
385 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
386 is against a readonly section. */
387 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
389 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
390 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
391 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
392 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
394 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
395 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
396 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
397 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
398 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
400 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
401 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
402 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
405 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
406 la25 stub is required. */
407 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
409 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
410 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
411 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
414 unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1;
417 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
421 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
423 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
424 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
426 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
427 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
429 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
430 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
431 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
433 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
434 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
436 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
437 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
439 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
440 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
442 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
445 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
446 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
448 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
449 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
451 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
462 /* The master GOT information. */
463 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
465 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
467 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
469 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
470 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
472 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size;
475 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
476 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size;
478 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
479 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset;
481 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
482 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset;
484 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
485 bfd_vma plt_got_index;
487 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
488 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
490 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
491 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
493 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
494 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
496 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
497 See the comment above that structure for details. */
498 asection *strampoline;
500 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
504 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
505 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
506 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
507 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
509 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
511 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
513 /* Small local sym cache. */
514 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
516 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
517 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1;
520 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
522 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
523 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
524 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
526 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
527 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
529 /* The usual link-wide information. */
530 struct bfd_link_info *info;
533 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
537 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
539 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
541 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
542 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
544 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
547 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
550 /* The abiflags for this object. */
551 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
552 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid;
554 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
555 struct mips_got_info *got;
557 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
558 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
559 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
560 struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
562 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
563 asection **local_stubs;
564 asection **local_call_stubs;
566 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
567 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
568 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
569 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
570 asection *elf_data_section;
571 asection *elf_text_section;
574 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
576 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
577 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
579 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
580 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
608 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
613 struct bfd_link_info *info;
614 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
615 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
619 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
621 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
624 "_procedure_string_table",
625 "_procedure_table_size",
629 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
634 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
635 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
636 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
637 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
638 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
639 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
648 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
649 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
650 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
654 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
655 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
656 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
657 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
658 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
659 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
664 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
665 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
666 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
667 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
668 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
676 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
682 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
684 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
686 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
688 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
690 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
692 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
695 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
696 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
697 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
698 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
699 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
701 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
702 has different meaning for each type:
705 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
706 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
707 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
708 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
711 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
712 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
713 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
714 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
716 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
721 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
722 loader for use by the static exception system. */
724 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
725 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
726 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
727 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
728 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
729 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
730 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
731 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
732 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
733 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
735 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
737 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
738 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
740 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
741 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
743 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
744 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
745 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
747 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
748 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
750 bfd_vma *, asection *);
751 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
752 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
754 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
755 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
757 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
758 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
759 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
760 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
761 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
763 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
764 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
765 for RM9000 for now. */
766 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
767 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
769 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
770 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
772 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
774 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
775 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
777 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
779 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
780 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
781 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
783 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
784 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
785 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
787 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
788 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
789 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
791 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
792 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
795 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
796 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
798 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
799 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
803 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
805 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
807 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
808 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
809 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
811 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
812 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
813 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
815 /* The name of the options section. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
817 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
819 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
820 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
822 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
824 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
825 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
826 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
828 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
829 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
830 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
831 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
833 /* The name of the stub section. */
834 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
836 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
837 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
838 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
840 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
842 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
844 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
846 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
848 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
850 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
852 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
854 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
856 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
860 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
864 /* Get word-sized data. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
866 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
868 /* Put out word-sized data. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
871 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
872 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
874 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
875 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
876 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
878 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
879 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
880 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
882 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
883 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
885 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
886 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
887 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
889 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
890 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
891 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
892 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
894 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
895 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
897 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
898 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
900 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
901 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
902 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
904 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
906 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
908 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
909 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
911 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
912 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
913 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
915 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
916 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
917 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
919 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
921 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
923 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
924 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
926 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
927 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
929 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
930 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
931 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
932 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
934 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
935 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
936 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
937 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
939 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
940 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
941 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
942 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
943 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
944 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
946 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
947 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
949 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
953 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
956 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
959 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
960 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
961 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
962 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
965 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
966 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
967 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
968 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
969 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
970 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
971 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
972 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
974 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
975 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
977 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
979 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
980 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
983 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
984 floating point arguments.
986 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
987 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
988 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
989 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
990 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
991 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
992 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
993 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
995 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
996 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
997 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
998 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
999 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1000 stub should be discarded.
1002 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1003 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1004 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1005 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1006 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1007 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1008 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1011 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1012 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1013 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1015 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1017 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1018 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1019 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1021 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1022 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1025 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1026 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1028 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1029 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1030 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1031 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1032 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1033 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1034 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1035 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1038 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1039 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1042 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1044 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1046 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1053 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1054 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1056 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1058 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1060 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1061 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1062 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1063 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1066 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1067 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1068 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1069 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1071 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1072 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1074 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1075 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1076 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1077 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1078 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1079 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1080 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1081 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1085 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1086 in the insn32 mode. */
1087 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1089 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1090 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1091 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1092 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1093 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1094 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1095 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1096 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1099 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1100 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
1102 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1103 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1104 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1105 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1108 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1109 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1110 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1111 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] =
1113 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1116 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1119 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1120 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1121 directly addressable. */
1122 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1124 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1125 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1126 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1128 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1130 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1133 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1134 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1135 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1137 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1138 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1139 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1140 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1143 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1144 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1146 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1147 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1148 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1149 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1152 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1153 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1155 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1156 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1158 0x00000000, /* nop */
1159 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1160 0x00000000 /* nop */
1163 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1164 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
1166 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1167 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1168 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1169 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1171 0x00000000, /* nop */
1172 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1173 0x00000000 /* nop */
1176 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1177 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1179 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1180 0x00000000, /* nop */
1181 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1182 0x00000000, /* nop */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000 /* nop */
1187 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1188 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1190 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1191 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1194 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1197 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1199 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1203 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1206 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1208 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1211 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1213 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1214 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1215 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1218 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1220 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1221 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1223 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1226 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1227 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1229 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1230 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1233 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1235 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1236 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1238 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1242 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1244 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1245 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1247 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1250 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1252 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1253 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1254 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1257 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1259 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1262 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1264 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1266 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1267 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1268 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1272 /* Set local fields. */
1273 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1274 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1275 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1278 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1279 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1280 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1281 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1282 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1283 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1284 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1285 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1286 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1287 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1288 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1289 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1290 ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE;
1293 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1296 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1299 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1301 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1308 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1310 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1311 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1313 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1316 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1319 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1322 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1323 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1326 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1327 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1330 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1333 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1334 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1336 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1337 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1340 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1341 swap->external_hdr_size))
1344 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1345 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1347 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1349 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1350 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1351 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1354 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1355 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1356 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1357 goto error_return; \
1358 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1359 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1360 goto error_return; \
1363 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1364 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1365 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1366 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1367 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1368 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1370 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1371 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1373 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1374 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1382 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1384 if (debug->line != NULL)
1386 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1387 free (debug->external_dnr);
1388 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1389 free (debug->external_pdr);
1390 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1391 free (debug->external_sym);
1392 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1393 free (debug->external_opt);
1394 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1395 free (debug->external_aux);
1396 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1398 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1399 free (debug->ssext);
1400 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1401 free (debug->external_fdr);
1402 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1403 free (debug->external_rfd);
1404 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1405 free (debug->external_ext);
1409 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1412 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1414 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1421 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1424 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1427 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1430 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1431 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1432 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1434 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1435 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1437 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1439 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1440 struct sym_ext *esym;
1444 bfd_size_type count;
1445 unsigned long sindex;
1449 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1457 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1459 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1460 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1463 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1465 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1469 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1472 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1473 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1477 size = sizeof (char *);
1478 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1482 count = hdr->isymMax;
1483 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1484 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1488 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1491 count = hdr->issMax;
1492 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1495 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1498 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1499 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1501 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1502 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1503 rp->adr = sym.value;
1504 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1505 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1506 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1507 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1508 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1509 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1510 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1512 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1513 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1517 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1518 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1519 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1522 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1526 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1529 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1531 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1532 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1533 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1534 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1536 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1537 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1538 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1540 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1542 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1544 s->contents = rtproc;
1546 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1547 matters, but someday it might). */
1548 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1577 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1578 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1581 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1583 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1586 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1587 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1590 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1593 /* Create a new symbol. */
1594 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1596 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1597 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1601 /* Make it a local function. */
1602 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1603 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1605 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1609 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1610 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1614 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1619 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1624 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1625 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1626 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1627 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1628 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1630 /* Create a new symbol. */
1631 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1633 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1634 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1638 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1639 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1640 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1641 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1642 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1643 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1647 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1648 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1651 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1655 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1656 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1657 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1658 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1659 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1662 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1663 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1664 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1666 static unsigned long
1667 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1668 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1669 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1672 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1675 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1676 one in a compound relocation. */
1677 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1678 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1679 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1681 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1682 the traditional behavior. */
1683 if (relocs < relend)
1684 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1689 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1693 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1696 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1697 objects try to call them. */
1698 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1699 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1701 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1702 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1705 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1706 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1708 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1709 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1710 being included in the link. */
1711 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1712 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1713 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1714 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1717 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1718 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1720 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1721 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1722 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1723 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1724 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1725 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1726 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1729 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1730 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1732 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1733 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1734 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1735 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1736 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1737 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1738 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1742 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1745 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1747 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1749 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1750 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1751 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1755 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1757 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1759 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1760 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1761 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1762 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1763 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1764 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1767 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1768 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1772 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1773 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1778 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1782 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1783 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1784 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1785 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1791 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1792 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1793 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1794 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1795 entry points are of interest here. */
1798 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1800 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1801 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1802 && h->root.def_regular
1803 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1804 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1805 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1806 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1807 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1810 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1811 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1814 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1817 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1819 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1820 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1825 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1826 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1830 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1831 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1832 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1835 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1836 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1840 asection *s, *input_section;
1843 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1847 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1848 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1851 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1853 /* Create the section. */
1854 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1855 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1856 input_section->output_section);
1860 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1861 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1862 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1865 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1867 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1868 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1869 stub->stub_section = s;
1870 stub->offset = s->size;
1872 /* Allocate room for it. */
1877 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1878 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1879 the function symbol to it. */
1882 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1883 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1888 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1892 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1893 s = htab->strampoline;
1896 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1897 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1898 input_section->output_section);
1899 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1901 htab->strampoline = s;
1904 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1905 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1906 stub->stub_section = s;
1907 stub->offset = s->size;
1909 /* Allocate room for it. */
1914 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1915 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1918 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1922 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1923 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1928 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1929 search.stub_section = NULL;
1933 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1934 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1938 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1942 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1945 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1946 h->la25_stub = stub;
1950 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1951 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1957 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1958 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1959 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1960 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1962 h->la25_stub = stub;
1963 return (use_trampoline_p
1964 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1965 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1968 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1969 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1972 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1974 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1976 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1977 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1978 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1980 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1982 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1983 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1984 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1987 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1988 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1989 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1990 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1992 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1994 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1995 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1997 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
2006 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2007 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2010 The format of these instructions is:
2012 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2013 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2014 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2016 +-----------------------------------------------+
2018 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2019 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2021 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2022 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2023 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2024 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2025 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2026 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2027 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2028 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2029 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2030 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2033 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2034 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2035 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2036 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2037 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2038 value as two 16-bit values.
2040 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2044 +--------+----------------------+
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2051 +----------+------+-------------+
2055 +----------+--------------------+
2056 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2057 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2059 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2060 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2061 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2062 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2063 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2065 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2066 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2067 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2070 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2071 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2072 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2073 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2074 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2076 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2078 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2079 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2080 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2081 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2084 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2087 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2088 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2089 little-endian system. */
2091 static inline bfd_boolean
2092 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2097 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2098 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
2099 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
2102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
2116 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2118 static inline bfd_boolean
2119 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2121 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
2124 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2125 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2126 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2128 static inline bfd_boolean
2129 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
2131 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
2132 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2133 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
2136 static inline bfd_boolean
2137 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2139 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
2140 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
2141 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
2144 static inline bfd_boolean
2145 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2147 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
2148 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
2149 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
2152 static inline bfd_boolean
2153 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2155 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
2158 static inline bfd_boolean
2159 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2161 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2167 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2173 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2179 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2185 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2191 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2197 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2206 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2215 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2221 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type)
2229 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2230 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2);
2233 static inline bfd_boolean
2234 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2236 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2237 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2245 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2246 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2253 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2254 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2261 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2262 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2267 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2268 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2270 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2272 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2275 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2276 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2277 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2278 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2279 val = first << 16 | second;
2280 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2281 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2282 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2284 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2285 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2286 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2290 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2291 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2293 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2295 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2298 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2299 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2301 second = val & 0xffff;
2304 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2306 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2307 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2311 second = val & 0xffff;
2312 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2313 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2315 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2319 bfd_reloc_status_type
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2321 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2322 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2326 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2328 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2331 relocation = symbol->value;
2333 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2334 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2336 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2339 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2340 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2342 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2344 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2345 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2346 an external symbol. */
2348 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2349 val += relocation - gp;
2351 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2353 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2355 + reloc_entry->address);
2356 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2360 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2363 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2365 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2368 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2369 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2370 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2375 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2377 asection *input_section;
2381 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2383 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2385 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2386 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2387 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2389 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2390 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2391 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2392 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2394 bfd_reloc_status_type
2395 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2396 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2397 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2398 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2400 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2402 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2403 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2405 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2407 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2409 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2411 n->input_section = input_section;
2412 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2415 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2416 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2418 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2421 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2422 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2423 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2425 bfd_reloc_status_type
2426 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2427 void *data, asection *input_section,
2428 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2430 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2431 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2432 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2433 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2434 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2435 input_section, output_bfd,
2438 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2439 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2442 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2443 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2444 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2446 bfd_reloc_status_type
2447 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2448 void *data, asection *input_section,
2449 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2452 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2454 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2455 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2457 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2459 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2460 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2463 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2465 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2466 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2468 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2470 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2471 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2472 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2473 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2474 has a rightshift of 0. */
2475 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2476 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2477 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2478 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2479 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2480 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2482 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2483 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2484 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2486 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2487 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2489 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2492 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2496 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2497 input_section, output_bfd,
2501 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2502 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2503 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2505 bfd_reloc_status_type
2506 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2507 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2508 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2509 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2512 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2513 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2515 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2517 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2518 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2520 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2522 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2524 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2525 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2526 offset or address. */
2527 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2528 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2533 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2534 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2535 val += symbol->value;
2536 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2538 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2539 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2540 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2544 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2545 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2546 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2547 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2548 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2549 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2552 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2554 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2555 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2557 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2558 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2560 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2562 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2565 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2570 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2572 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2575 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2576 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2582 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2583 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2588 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2595 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2596 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2598 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2607 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2608 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2612 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2613 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2614 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2615 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2616 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2621 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2622 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2623 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2626 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2629 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2630 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2631 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2632 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2633 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2634 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2638 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2639 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2641 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2649 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2650 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2651 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2652 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2653 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2657 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2659 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2660 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2661 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2662 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2663 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2664 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2665 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2669 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2670 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2678 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2681 /* Swap in an options header. */
2684 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2685 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2687 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2688 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2689 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2690 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2693 /* Swap out an options header. */
2696 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2697 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2699 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2701 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2705 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2708 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd,
2709 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex,
2710 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in)
2712 in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version);
2713 in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level);
2714 in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev);
2715 in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size);
2716 in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size);
2717 in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size);
2718 in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi);
2719 in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext);
2720 in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases);
2721 in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1);
2722 in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2);
2725 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2728 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd,
2729 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in,
2730 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex)
2732 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi);
2739 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2);
2745 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2746 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2749 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2751 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2755 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2758 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2762 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2764 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2769 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2772 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2773 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2776 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2779 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2780 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2781 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2782 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2784 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2786 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2789 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2791 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2800 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2801 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2802 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2803 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2804 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2805 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2806 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2807 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2808 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2809 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2810 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2811 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2812 when generating a final executable. */
2815 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2817 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2819 asection *sec, *output_section;
2821 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2823 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2824 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2825 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2826 && !h->root.def_regular
2827 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2829 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2830 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2831 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2832 h->root.root.root.string,
2833 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2841 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2844 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2845 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2846 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2847 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2848 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2849 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2851 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2852 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2856 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2858 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2859 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2860 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2862 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2863 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2864 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2866 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2868 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2869 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2870 h->esym.asym.value =
2871 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2873 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2875 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2876 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2877 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2880 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2882 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2883 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2884 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2889 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2890 output_section = sec->output_section;
2892 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2893 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2894 if (output_section == NULL)
2895 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2898 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2900 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2901 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2902 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2903 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2904 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2905 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2906 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2907 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2908 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2909 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2910 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2911 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2912 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2913 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2914 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2915 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2916 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2918 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2922 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2923 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2926 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2927 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2928 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2929 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2931 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2932 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2933 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2934 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2936 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2937 output_section = sec->output_section;
2938 if (output_section != NULL)
2939 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2940 + sec->output_offset
2941 + output_section->vma);
2943 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2949 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2950 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2952 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2954 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE);
2956 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2957 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2958 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2960 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2963 output_section = sec->output_section;
2964 if (output_section != NULL)
2965 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset
2966 + sec->output_offset
2967 + output_section->vma);
2969 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2974 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2975 h->root.root.root.string,
2978 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2985 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2988 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2990 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2991 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2993 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2996 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2998 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3001 static INLINE hashval_t
3002 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
3005 return addr + (addr >> 32);
3012 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3014 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
3016 return (entry->symndx
3017 + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
3018 + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
3019 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
3020 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
3021 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
3022 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
3026 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3028 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
3029 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
3031 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
3032 && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type
3033 && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
3034 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
3035 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
3036 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
3037 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
3041 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_)
3043 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
3045 ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_;
3046 return ((ref->symndx >= 0
3047 ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx)
3048 : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash)
3049 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend));
3053 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_)
3055 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2;
3057 ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_;
3058 ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_;
3059 return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx
3060 && (ref1->symndx < 0
3061 ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h
3062 : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd)
3063 && ref1->addend == ref2->addend);
3067 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3069 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
3071 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
3072 return entry->sec->id;
3076 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
3078 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
3080 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
3081 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
3082 return entry1->sec == entry2->sec;
3085 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3087 static struct mips_got_info *
3088 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd)
3090 struct mips_got_info *g;
3092 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3096 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3097 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3098 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3101 g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash,
3102 mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL);
3103 if (g->got_page_refs == NULL)
3109 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3110 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3112 static struct mips_got_info *
3113 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
3115 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3117 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
3120 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3121 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
3122 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
3126 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3129 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
3131 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3133 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
3134 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3137 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3138 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3139 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
3140 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs);
3141 if (tdata->got->got_page_entries)
3142 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
3147 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3148 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3149 if creation fails. */
3152 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
3158 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
3159 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3160 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
3161 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
3163 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
3168 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3171 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
3172 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
3178 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3181 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
3183 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3186 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3189 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3192 return GOT_TLS_NONE;
3195 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3198 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
3215 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3216 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3220 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3224 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3225 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3227 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
3228 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
3231 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3233 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3234 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3243 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3249 return info->shared ? 1 : 0;
3256 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3260 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3261 struct mips_got_info *g,
3262 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3264 if (entry->tls_type)
3266 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
3267 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type,
3269 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3271 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3272 g->local_gotno += 1;
3274 g->global_gotno += 1;
3277 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3280 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3282 unsigned long reloc_index,
3287 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3289 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3291 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3292 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3294 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3296 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3297 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3299 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3303 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3305 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3308 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3311 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3312 struct mips_got_entry *entry,
3313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3318 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3319 bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2;
3320 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3322 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3331 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3333 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3334 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3335 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3338 if (entry->tls_initialized)
3341 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3343 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3344 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3347 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3348 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3349 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3350 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3351 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3353 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3354 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3355 got_offset = entry->gotidx;
3357 switch (entry->tls_type)
3360 /* General Dynamic. */
3361 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3368 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3371 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3372 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3373 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3374 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3376 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3377 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3381 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3382 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3383 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3384 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3389 /* Initial Exec model. */
3393 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3394 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3396 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3397 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3399 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3400 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3401 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3402 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3406 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3410 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3411 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3413 sgot->contents + got_offset
3414 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3417 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3418 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3420 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3421 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3422 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3423 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3430 entry->tls_initialized = TRUE;
3433 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3434 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3435 will be negative. */
3438 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3439 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3441 bfd_vma got_address, got_value;
3442 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3444 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3445 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3447 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
3450 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3451 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3452 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3453 + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index
3454 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd)));
3456 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3457 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3458 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3459 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3461 return got_address - got_value;
3464 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3465 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3466 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3467 offset can be found. */
3470 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3471 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3475 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3477 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3480 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3481 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3485 if (entry->tls_type)
3486 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value);
3487 return entry->gotidx;
3490 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3493 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3494 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3497 long global_got_dynindx;
3498 struct mips_got_info *g;
3501 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3502 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3504 global_got_dynindx = 0;
3505 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3506 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3508 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3509 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3510 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3512 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3513 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE);
3514 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3515 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd));
3516 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3521 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3522 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3525 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3529 struct mips_got_info *g;
3530 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3533 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3536 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3539 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3540 if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE))
3541 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h);
3545 lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3546 entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3549 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3550 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3552 if (lookup.tls_type)
3554 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3556 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3557 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3558 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3559 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3560 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3561 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3563 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value);
3568 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3569 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3570 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3571 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3572 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3575 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3576 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3578 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3579 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3581 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3582 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3583 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3588 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3591 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3596 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3597 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3598 symbol that binds locally. */
3601 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3602 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3604 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3606 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3607 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3608 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3609 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3611 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3613 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3614 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3615 same in all cases. */
3616 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3617 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3619 return entry->gotidx;
3624 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3628 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3629 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3635 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3636 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3639 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3640 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3642 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3645 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3646 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3647 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3650 static struct mips_got_entry *
3651 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3652 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3653 unsigned long r_symndx,
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3657 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3659 struct mips_got_info *g;
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3663 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3666 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3669 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3673 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3675 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3677 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3678 if (lookup.tls_type)
3681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3684 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3688 lookup.symndx = r_symndx;
3689 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3697 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3700 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3701 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3708 lookup.d.address = value;
3709 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3713 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3717 if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno)
3719 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3720 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3721 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3726 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3730 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
3731 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)
3732 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)
3733 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type))
3734 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++;
3736 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--;
3741 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->sgot->contents + entry->gotidx);
3743 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3744 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3746 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3749 bfd_vma got_address;
3751 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3752 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3753 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3756 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3757 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3758 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3759 outrel.r_addend = value;
3760 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3766 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3767 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3768 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3769 the current linking stage. */
3771 static bfd_size_type
3772 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3774 bfd_size_type count;
3777 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3780 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3782 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3783 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3784 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3785 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3786 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3792 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3793 appear towards the end. */
3796 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3798 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3799 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3800 struct mips_got_info *g;
3802 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3805 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3806 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3813 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3814 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3815 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3816 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3817 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3818 elf_hash_table (info)),
3819 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3822 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3823 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3824 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3825 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3826 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3828 == g->global_gotno);
3830 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3831 table index in the GOT. */
3832 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3837 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3838 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3842 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3844 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3846 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3848 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3851 switch (h->global_got_area)
3854 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3858 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3859 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3862 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3863 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3864 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3865 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3872 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3873 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3874 hash table directly). */
3877 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3878 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3881 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3882 struct mips_got_info *g;
3883 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3885 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3886 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3888 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3892 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3893 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3896 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3900 lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE;
3901 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3906 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3907 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3911 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3920 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3921 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3922 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3925 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3926 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3927 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3931 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3932 unsigned char tls_type;
3934 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3935 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3937 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3939 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3941 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3943 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3945 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3949 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3952 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3956 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3957 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3958 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3962 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3963 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
3964 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3967 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3968 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3971 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3972 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
3974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3975 struct mips_got_info *g;
3976 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3978 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3979 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3982 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3985 entry.symndx = symndx;
3986 entry.d.addend = addend;
3987 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3988 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3991 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3992 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3996 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3997 long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3998 bfd_signed_vma addend)
4000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4001 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
4002 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry;
4003 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
4005 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4006 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4008 g1 = htab->got_info;
4009 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
4014 lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4018 lookup.symndx = symndx;
4019 lookup.u.abfd = abfd;
4021 lookup.addend = addend;
4022 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4026 entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc;
4029 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4037 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4038 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
4042 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4052 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4055 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4061 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4062 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4064 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4065 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4067 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4068 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4073 /* Make room for a null element. */
4074 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4077 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4081 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4082 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4083 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4084 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4087 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4089 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4090 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4092 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4093 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4094 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4099 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4106 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4110 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4111 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4112 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4113 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4116 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4118 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4119 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4122 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4123 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4124 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4125 && entry->symndx == -1
4126 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4136 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4137 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4139 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4140 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4143 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4151 if (entry == &new_entry)
4153 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4162 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4167 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4170 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
4172 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4175 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4178 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg,
4179 asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend)
4181 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4182 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
4183 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
4184 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
4187 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4189 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
4193 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4194 seen the section. */
4195 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
4198 entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry));
4206 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4208 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
4209 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
4210 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
4212 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4213 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4214 a new singleton range. */
4216 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
4218 range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range));
4222 range->next = *range_ptr;
4223 range->min_addend = addend;
4224 range->max_addend = addend;
4232 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4233 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4235 /* Update the ranges. */
4236 if (addend < range->min_addend)
4237 range->min_addend = addend;
4238 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
4240 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
4242 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
4243 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
4244 range->next = range->next->next;
4247 range->max_addend = addend;
4250 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4251 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4252 if (old_pages != new_pages)
4254 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
4255 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
4261 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4262 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4263 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4264 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4267 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data)
4269 struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
4270 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4275 ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp;
4276 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4277 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info);
4279 if (ref->symndx < 0)
4281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4283 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4285 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root))
4288 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4290 if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4291 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4292 && h->root.root.u.def.section))
4295 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4296 addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend;
4300 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4302 /* Read in the symbol. */
4303 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd,
4311 /* Get the associated input section. */
4312 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4319 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4320 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4321 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4322 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4323 if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4327 secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info;
4328 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4329 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4330 isym->st_value + ref->addend);
4332 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4333 isym->st_value) + ref->addend;
4336 addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend;
4338 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend))
4346 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4347 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4348 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4349 that they require. */
4352 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4353 struct mips_got_info *g)
4355 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4356 struct mips_got_info oldg;
4363 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga);
4367 g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries),
4368 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4370 if (!g->got_entries)
4373 htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga);
4377 htab_delete (oldg.got_entries);
4380 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4381 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4382 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4387 htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga);
4392 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4396 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4399 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4400 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4401 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4402 symbols later if appropriate. */
4403 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
4406 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4407 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4408 if (h->got_only_for_calls
4409 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4410 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
4413 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4414 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4415 the local rather than global GOT. */
4416 if (info->executable && h->has_static_relocs)
4422 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4423 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4424 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4425 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4426 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4429 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4431 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4433 struct mips_got_info *g;
4435 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4436 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4438 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4440 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4441 local or global GOT. */
4442 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h))
4443 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4444 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4445 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4446 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4447 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4448 && h->got_only_for_calls
4449 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4450 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4451 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4452 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4453 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4454 else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4456 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4463 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4464 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4467 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4469 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4470 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4473 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4474 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4475 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4484 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4489 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4490 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4493 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4495 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4496 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4499 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4500 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4501 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4510 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4515 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4516 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4517 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4518 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4522 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4523 struct mips_got_info *to,
4524 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4527 unsigned int estimate;
4529 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4530 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4531 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4532 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4534 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4536 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4537 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4539 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4540 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4541 conservatively as well. */
4542 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4543 estimate += arg->global_count;
4545 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4547 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4548 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4551 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4552 tga.info = arg->info;
4554 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4558 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4562 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4566 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4567 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4568 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4569 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4570 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4571 and then make make the new got current. */
4574 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4575 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4577 unsigned int estimate;
4580 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g))
4583 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4584 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4585 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4586 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4587 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4589 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4590 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4591 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4592 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4593 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4595 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4597 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4598 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4605 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4606 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4611 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4614 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4619 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4620 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4621 overflows anyway. */
4622 g->next = arg->current;
4628 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4629 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4630 an index in a different GOT. */
4633 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4635 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4637 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4638 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4640 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4642 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4646 *new_entry = *entry;
4647 *entryp = new_entry;
4650 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4654 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4655 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4656 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4659 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4661 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4662 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4664 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4665 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4666 if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4669 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4670 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno))
4676 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4677 arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
4681 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4682 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4683 symbol to DATA->value. */
4686 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4688 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4689 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4691 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4692 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4693 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4694 && entry->symndx == -1
4695 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4696 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4700 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4701 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4702 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4703 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4706 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4708 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4709 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4711 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4712 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4713 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4714 && entry->symndx == -1
4715 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4717 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno))
4722 arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1;
4724 if (arg->info->shared
4725 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4726 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4727 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4728 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4734 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4735 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4736 lazy-binding stubs. */
4739 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4741 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4743 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4745 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4746 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4747 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4750 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4751 && entry->symndx == -1
4752 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4754 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4755 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4761 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4764 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4769 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4777 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4778 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4781 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4782 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4785 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4786 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4788 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4790 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4791 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4792 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4795 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4796 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4797 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4801 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4802 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4806 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4807 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4808 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4809 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4810 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4812 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4814 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4815 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4816 to be the primary GOT. */
4817 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4819 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4820 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4824 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4825 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4826 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
4828 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4829 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4831 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4835 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4836 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4837 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4838 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4840 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4842 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4843 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4844 those that are actually referenced. */
4845 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4846 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4849 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4850 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4851 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4852 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4854 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4855 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4856 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4857 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4858 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4859 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4860 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4861 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4862 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4863 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4864 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4865 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4866 points back to the master GOT. */
4867 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4868 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4875 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4877 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4878 g->assigned_low_gotno = assign;
4879 g->local_gotno += assign;
4880 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4881 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
4882 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4884 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4885 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4886 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4891 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4892 all non-TLS entries. */
4893 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4895 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4896 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4899 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4901 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4904 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4905 lazy-binding stubs. */
4907 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4911 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4914 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4916 unsigned int save_assign;
4918 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4919 relocations they need. */
4920 save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno;
4921 g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4923 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4925 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4929 g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign;
4933 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4935 + g->next->global_gotno
4936 + g->next->tls_gotno
4937 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4939 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4941 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4951 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4952 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4954 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4955 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4956 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4959 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4961 while (relocation < relend)
4963 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4964 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4970 /* We didn't find it. */
4974 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4977 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4978 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4979 asection **local_sections)
4981 unsigned long r_symndx;
4982 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4985 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4986 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4987 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4989 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4991 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4997 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5000 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5002 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
5003 /* VALUE is negative. */
5004 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
5009 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5010 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5014 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5016 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
5018 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
5019 /* The value is too big. */
5021 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
5022 /* The value is too small. */
5029 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5032 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
5034 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5037 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5040 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5043 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5050 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5053 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5056 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5063 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5066 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5067 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5070 register asection *s;
5072 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
5074 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5077 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
5079 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5080 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5083 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
5089 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5092 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5095 register asection *s;
5096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5097 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5100 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5101 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5103 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5107 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5108 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5110 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5111 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5112 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
5114 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
5118 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5119 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5120 are not creating a global offset table. */
5122 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5123 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
5124 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5127 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5130 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5131 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
5132 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
5135 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5138 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
5139 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
5140 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5142 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5143 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5144 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5147 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5155 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5156 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5157 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5160 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5162 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5164 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5165 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5168 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5169 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5170 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5174 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5175 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5177 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5178 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5179 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5180 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5181 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5182 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5189 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5190 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
5191 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5199 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5206 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5207 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5208 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5210 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5211 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5212 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5214 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5215 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5216 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5217 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5219 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5220 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5221 asection *input_section,
5222 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5223 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5224 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5225 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5226 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5228 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5229 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5231 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5233 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5236 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5237 shared object file being produced. */
5239 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5242 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5244 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5245 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5246 during execution. */
5247 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5248 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5250 asection *sec = NULL;
5251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5254 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5255 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5256 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5257 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5258 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5259 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5262 unsigned long r_symndx;
5264 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5265 relocation value. */
5266 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5267 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5268 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5270 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5273 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5274 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5275 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5277 /* Parse the relocation. */
5278 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5279 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5280 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5281 + input_section->output_offset
5282 + relocation->r_offset);
5284 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5285 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5287 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5288 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5289 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5290 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5292 was_local_p = local_p;
5293 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5294 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5297 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5298 must come before globals. */
5302 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5305 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5307 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5308 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5310 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5311 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5312 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5313 symbol += sym->st_value;
5314 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5315 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5317 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5319 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5322 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5323 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5326 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5327 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5328 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5331 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5333 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5334 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5338 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5340 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5341 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5342 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5343 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5344 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5345 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5346 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5348 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5349 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5351 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5352 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5353 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5354 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5356 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5357 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5358 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5359 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5363 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5364 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5365 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5366 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5369 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5370 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5371 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5373 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5374 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5375 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5377 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5378 if (sec->output_section)
5379 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5380 + sec->output_section->vma
5381 + sec->output_offset);
5383 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5385 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5386 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5387 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5388 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5391 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5392 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5394 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5395 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5397 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5398 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5399 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5400 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5401 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5403 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5404 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5407 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5409 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5410 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5411 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5412 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5413 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5414 which is available from here:
5415 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5418 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5419 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5420 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5421 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5422 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5424 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5428 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5431 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5432 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
5435 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5436 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5438 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5440 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5441 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5443 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5444 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5445 && !info->relocatable
5447 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5448 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5450 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5452 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5454 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5455 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5459 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5464 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5467 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5468 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5469 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5470 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5479 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5480 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5481 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5483 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5484 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5485 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5486 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5487 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5488 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5490 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5492 && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5495 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5498 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5499 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5501 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5506 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5508 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5510 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5517 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5520 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5523 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5524 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5526 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5528 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5529 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5531 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5532 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5533 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5534 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5535 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5536 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5537 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5539 else if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5540 && !info->relocatable
5543 && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE
5544 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
5546 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5549 symbol = (sec->output_section->vma
5550 + sec->output_offset
5551 + htab->plt_header_size
5552 + htab->plt_mips_offset
5553 + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset
5556 target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p;
5557 target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p;
5560 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5561 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5562 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5564 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5565 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5566 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5569 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5570 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5571 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5572 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5573 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5575 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5576 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5577 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5578 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5579 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5580 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5581 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5582 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5584 local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h));
5586 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5587 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5589 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5594 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5595 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5596 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5597 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5599 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5600 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5604 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5605 to need it, get it now. */
5608 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5609 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5614 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5615 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5616 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5625 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5627 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5630 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5633 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5634 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5636 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5637 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5639 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5643 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5644 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5645 if (htab->is_vxworks
5646 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5647 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5648 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5650 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5651 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5652 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5656 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5657 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd,
5659 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5660 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5661 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5662 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5665 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5666 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5667 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5671 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5672 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5677 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5678 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5682 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5683 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5684 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5686 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5690 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5691 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5693 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5694 + input_section->output_offset
5695 + relocation->r_offset);
5696 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5697 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5700 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5701 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5703 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5704 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5707 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5710 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5714 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5717 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5718 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5719 value = symbol + addend;
5720 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5727 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5729 && h->root.def_dynamic
5730 && !h->root.def_regular
5731 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5732 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5734 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5735 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5736 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5738 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5739 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5740 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5741 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5742 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5743 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5745 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5753 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5757 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5758 value = symbol + addend;
5762 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5766 value = symbol + addend - p;
5767 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5771 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5772 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5773 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5774 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5775 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5777 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5781 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5782 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5783 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5784 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5786 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5787 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5790 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5791 else if (howto->partial_inplace)
5792 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5795 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5796 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5797 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5798 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5802 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5803 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5804 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5805 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5809 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5810 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5812 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5814 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5817 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5818 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5820 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5824 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5825 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5827 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5829 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5834 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5837 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5838 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5842 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5843 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5844 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5848 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5849 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5850 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5851 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5852 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5853 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5854 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5855 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5856 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5857 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5858 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5860 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5861 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5870 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5873 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5874 for this conditional. */
5875 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5876 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5877 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5878 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5879 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5881 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5882 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5883 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5884 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5885 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5888 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5889 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5892 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5893 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5894 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5895 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5896 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5897 not check for overflow here. */
5901 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5903 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5904 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5905 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5910 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5911 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5912 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5913 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5914 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5915 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5916 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5918 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5919 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5920 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5921 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5922 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5923 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5924 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5925 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5926 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5927 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5931 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5932 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5935 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5936 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5939 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5941 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5942 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5943 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5945 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5946 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5947 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5948 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5950 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5951 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5958 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5959 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5960 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5961 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5962 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5963 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5964 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5967 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5969 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5972 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5973 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5975 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5979 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5980 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5981 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18);
5983 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
5984 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5986 value = symbol + addend - p;
5987 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5988 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5989 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5990 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5993 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5994 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5995 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23);
5997 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
5998 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6000 value = symbol + addend - p;
6001 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6002 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23);
6003 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6004 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6007 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
6008 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6009 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28);
6011 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6012 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6014 value = symbol + addend - p;
6015 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6016 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28);
6017 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6018 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6021 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3:
6022 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6023 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6025 if ((symbol + addend) & 7)
6026 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6028 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7);
6029 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6030 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6031 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6032 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6035 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
6036 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6037 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6039 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6040 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6042 value = symbol + addend - p;
6043 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6044 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6045 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6046 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6050 value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p);
6051 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6052 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6053 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6057 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6058 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
6059 value = symbol + addend - p;
6060 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6063 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
6064 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6065 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8);
6066 value = symbol + addend - p;
6067 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6068 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
6069 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6070 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6073 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
6074 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6075 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11);
6076 value = symbol + addend - p;
6077 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6078 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
6079 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6080 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6083 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
6084 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6085 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6086 value = symbol + addend - p;
6087 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6088 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6089 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6090 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6093 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
6094 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6095 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25);
6096 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
6097 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6098 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
6099 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6100 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6103 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6104 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6105 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
6106 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
6107 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6108 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6109 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6111 value = mips_elf_high (value);
6112 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6115 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6116 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6117 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
6119 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
6122 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6123 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6124 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
6125 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6126 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6127 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6128 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6131 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6132 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
6134 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
6137 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6141 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
6142 value = symbol - addend;
6143 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6147 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
6148 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
6149 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6152 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
6153 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
6154 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
6155 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6158 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
6159 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
6160 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
6161 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6165 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
6166 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6167 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6168 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6169 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6170 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6171 value = symbol + addend;
6175 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6176 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6177 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6178 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6181 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6182 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
6185 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6187 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
6190 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6193 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
6194 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6195 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
6198 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6200 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6201 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
6206 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6207 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6208 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6210 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6211 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6213 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6216 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6217 reloc_howto_type *howto,
6218 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6219 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
6220 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
6221 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
6225 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
6227 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6228 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6230 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
6232 /* Obtain the current value. */
6233 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
6235 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6236 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
6238 /* Set the field. */
6239 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
6241 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6242 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6245 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6246 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
6248 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6249 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
6251 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
6254 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
6256 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6261 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6265 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6266 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6269 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6270 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6273 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
6274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6278 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6279 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6282 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6284 if (!info->relocatable
6285 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6286 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6287 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6288 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6289 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6290 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6291 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6292 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6293 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6294 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6300 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6301 + input_section->output_offset
6302 + relocation->r_offset
6304 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6305 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6309 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6311 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6312 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6314 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6318 /* Put the value into the output. */
6319 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
6321 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
6327 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6328 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6329 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6330 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6333 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6334 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6335 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6336 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6337 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6338 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6340 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6345 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6348 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6349 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6351 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6352 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6353 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6354 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6355 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6356 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6359 outrel[0].r_offset =
6360 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6361 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6363 outrel[1].r_offset =
6364 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6365 outrel[2].r_offset =
6366 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6369 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6370 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6373 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6375 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6376 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6377 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6382 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6383 in the relocation. */
6384 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6386 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6387 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6388 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6389 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6391 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6392 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6393 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6394 undefined symbols. */
6399 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6401 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6403 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6408 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6411 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6412 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6418 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6419 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6420 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6421 local symbols because we used to generate them
6422 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6423 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6424 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6425 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6426 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6427 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6429 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6430 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6431 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6432 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6433 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6438 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6439 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6440 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6441 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6442 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6445 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6446 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6447 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6449 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6450 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6451 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6454 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6455 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6456 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6457 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6458 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6459 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6460 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6461 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6462 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6463 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6464 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6465 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6466 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6467 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6470 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6472 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6473 correct location in the output file. */
6474 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6475 + input_section->output_offset);
6476 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6477 + input_section->output_offset);
6478 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6479 + input_section->output_offset);
6481 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6482 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6483 relocation format is non-standard. */
6484 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6486 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6487 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6489 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6491 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6493 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6494 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6496 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6498 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6502 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6503 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6505 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6506 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6508 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6509 will be writing to it. */
6510 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6513 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6514 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6516 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6521 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6523 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6524 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6525 + input_section->output_section->vma
6526 + input_section->output_offset);
6527 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6528 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6530 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6531 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6532 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6534 cr = (scpt->contents
6535 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6536 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6537 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6538 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6539 + scpt->reloc_count));
6540 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6544 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6545 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6547 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6548 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6553 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6556 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6558 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6560 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6561 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6563 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6564 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6566 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6567 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6569 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6570 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6572 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6573 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6575 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6576 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6578 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6579 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6581 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6582 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6584 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6585 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6587 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6588 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6590 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6591 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6593 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6594 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6596 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6597 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6599 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6600 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6602 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6603 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6605 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6606 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6608 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6609 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6612 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6616 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6619 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6622 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6625 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6628 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6630 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6631 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6633 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6634 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6636 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6637 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6639 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6640 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6642 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
6643 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6;
6645 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
6646 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6;
6653 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6655 static INLINE char *
6656 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6660 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6661 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6664 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6666 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6670 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6672 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6674 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6676 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6679 return "unknown abi";
6683 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6684 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6685 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6686 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6687 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6688 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6689 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6690 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6692 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6693 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6694 definition in a shared library. */
6695 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6696 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6697 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6699 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6702 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6704 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6706 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6707 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6708 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6710 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6711 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6712 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6713 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6714 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6715 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6716 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6718 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6719 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6720 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6721 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6722 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6723 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6724 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6725 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6726 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6727 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6729 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6733 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6734 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6735 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6736 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6737 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6740 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6741 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6743 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6744 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6745 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6746 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6747 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6748 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6749 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6750 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6751 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6752 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6754 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6755 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6758 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6759 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6764 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6766 if (section != NULL)
6768 asym->section = section;
6769 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6770 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6771 base address to make it an offset. */
6772 asym->value -= section->vma;
6779 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6781 if (section != NULL)
6783 asym->section = section;
6784 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6785 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6786 base address to make it an offset. */
6787 asym->value -= section->vma;
6793 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6794 or microMIPS one. */
6795 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6796 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6799 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd))
6800 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6801 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6803 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6804 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6808 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6809 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6811 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6812 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6813 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6814 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6815 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6817 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6818 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6819 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6820 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6822 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6823 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6824 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6825 We therefore take the following approach:
6827 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6828 determine the pointer size.
6830 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6831 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6835 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6836 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6837 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6838 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6839 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6841 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6842 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6846 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6848 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6850 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6852 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6854 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6855 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6856 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6863 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6864 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6865 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6874 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6875 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6876 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6878 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6879 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6882 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6883 will jump there rather than to .text.
6885 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6886 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6889 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6891 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6894 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6895 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6896 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6900 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6902 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6903 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6907 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6908 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6911 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6914 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6915 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6919 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6920 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6921 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6922 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6924 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6926 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6927 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6928 so that we don't have to read them again.
6929 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6930 through the section contents to see if there is an
6931 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6933 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6935 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6936 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6938 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6940 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6942 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6944 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6945 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6946 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6949 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6956 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6957 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6960 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6961 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6964 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6971 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6972 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6975 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6976 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6983 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6985 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6987 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6988 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6989 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6990 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6991 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6992 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6993 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6994 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6995 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6996 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6998 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6999 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
7001 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
7003 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7004 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
7006 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7009 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
7011 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
7013 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
7015 unsigned int adjust;
7017 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
7019 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
7027 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7028 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7029 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7031 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7035 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
7036 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
7042 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7043 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7044 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7045 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7046 probably get away with this. */
7047 switch (hdr->sh_type)
7049 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7050 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
7054 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
7057 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
7058 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
7061 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7062 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7065 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
7066 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
7069 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
7070 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
7072 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
7074 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
7075 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
7076 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7078 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7080 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
7081 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7084 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7085 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7088 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
7089 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7092 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
7093 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7095 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7097 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
7098 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7099 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7102 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7103 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7106 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7107 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7108 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7115 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
7120 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7121 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
7127 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
7129 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
7131 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7132 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7134 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext,
7135 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags);
7136 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0)
7138 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
7141 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7143 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7144 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7145 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7146 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7147 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7149 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7152 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7153 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7155 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
7156 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
7159 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7160 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7161 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7162 they should agree. */
7163 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7165 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7167 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7168 if (contents == NULL)
7170 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
7177 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7178 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7180 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7182 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7184 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7186 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7187 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7188 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7191 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7193 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
7195 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7197 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
7198 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7200 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7202 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7204 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
7206 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7208 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
7209 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7211 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7221 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7222 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7223 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7226 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
7228 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7230 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
7232 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
7233 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
7234 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7236 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
7237 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
7238 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7240 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
7241 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7242 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7244 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
7245 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
7246 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7248 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
7249 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7250 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7251 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7252 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7254 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7256 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7258 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7259 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7260 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7261 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7263 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7264 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7266 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7269 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7271 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7272 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
7273 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
7274 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
7276 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7277 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7279 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7280 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7283 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7284 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7285 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7286 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7287 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7288 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7289 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7290 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7292 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7293 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7295 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7297 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7298 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7299 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7301 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7303 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7304 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7305 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7307 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7309 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
7310 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0);
7312 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7313 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7315 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7317 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7318 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7319 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7320 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7321 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7323 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7325 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7326 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7327 final_write_processing. */
7329 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7330 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7332 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7333 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7334 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7336 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7338 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7339 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7340 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7343 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7344 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7345 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7346 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7347 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7352 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7353 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7354 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7355 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7356 the .scommon section. */
7359 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7360 asection *sec, int *retval)
7362 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7364 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7367 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7369 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7375 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7376 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7379 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7380 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7381 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7382 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7384 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7385 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7386 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7388 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7393 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7394 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7395 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7396 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7397 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7398 is not done for them. */
7400 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7401 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7407 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7410 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7411 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7412 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7413 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7414 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7417 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7418 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7419 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7420 *valp = sym->st_size;
7424 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7425 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7427 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7428 asection *elf_text_section;
7429 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7431 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7432 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7435 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7436 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7437 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7440 /* Initialize the section. */
7442 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7443 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7445 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7446 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7448 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7449 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7450 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7451 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7452 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7453 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7454 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7456 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7457 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7458 so I took it out. */
7459 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7462 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7463 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7465 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7466 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7468 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7469 asection *elf_data_section;
7470 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7472 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7473 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7476 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7477 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7478 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7481 /* Initialize the section. */
7483 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7484 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7486 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7487 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7489 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7490 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7491 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7492 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7493 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7494 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7495 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7497 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7498 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7499 so I took it out. */
7500 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7503 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7504 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7508 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7510 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7511 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7513 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7514 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7516 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7518 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7519 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7520 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7523 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7526 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7528 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7531 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7532 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7535 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7536 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7537 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7538 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7544 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7545 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7546 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7549 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7550 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7551 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7552 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7554 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7555 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7556 common in the output file. */
7557 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7558 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7559 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7561 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7562 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7567 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7569 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7572 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7574 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7575 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7577 register asection *s;
7578 const char * const *namep;
7579 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7581 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7582 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7584 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7585 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7587 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7589 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7591 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7594 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7599 /* We need to create .got section. */
7600 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7603 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7606 /* Create .stub section. */
7607 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7608 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7611 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7612 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7616 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7618 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7620 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7621 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7623 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7624 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7628 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7629 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7630 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7631 the linker takes such action. */
7632 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7634 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7637 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7638 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7639 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7642 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7645 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7647 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7651 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7652 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7654 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7658 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7659 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7661 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7663 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7665 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7667 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7669 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7672 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7674 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7676 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7678 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7685 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7687 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7688 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7689 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7692 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7695 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7697 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7700 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7702 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7703 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7704 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7705 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7706 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7707 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7709 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7711 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7712 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7713 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7716 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7719 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7721 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7723 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7727 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7728 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7729 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7732 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7733 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7734 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7735 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7737 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7738 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7741 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7743 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7748 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7749 if (htab->is_vxworks
7750 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7756 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7757 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7758 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7761 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7762 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7763 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7765 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7766 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7768 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7769 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7770 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7771 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7773 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7774 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7775 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7778 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7779 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7780 of the section that REL is against. */
7783 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7784 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7787 unsigned int r_type;
7790 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7791 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7793 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7794 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7795 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7796 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7798 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7801 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7802 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7803 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7804 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7805 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7808 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7809 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7810 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7811 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7813 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7814 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7815 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7818 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7819 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7820 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7821 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7822 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7823 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16)
7824 lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16;
7826 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7828 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7829 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7830 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7833 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7835 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7836 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7837 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7838 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7839 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7840 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7842 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7843 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7844 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7845 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7846 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7849 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7850 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7851 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7853 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7854 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7861 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7862 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7863 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7866 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7871 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7872 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7874 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7878 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7881 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7883 static struct plt_entry *
7884 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd)
7886 struct plt_entry *entry;
7888 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
7892 entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7893 entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7894 entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE;
7895 entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE;
7899 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7900 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7901 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7904 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7905 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7909 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7910 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7912 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7913 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7915 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7916 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7919 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7921 if (info->relocatable)
7924 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7925 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7927 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7928 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7929 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7930 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7932 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7933 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7935 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7937 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7938 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7940 unsigned long r_symndx;
7942 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7945 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7948 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7949 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7950 " stub section `%s'"),
7952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7956 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7957 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7961 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7962 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7963 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7964 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7966 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7967 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7969 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7970 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7971 || o->reloc_count == 0
7972 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7976 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7978 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7981 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7982 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7983 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7984 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7987 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7996 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7997 not need it. Since this function is called before
7998 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7999 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8001 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8005 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8007 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
8009 unsigned long symcount;
8013 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8014 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8016 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8017 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8018 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8021 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
8024 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8025 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8027 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8028 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8029 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8030 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8036 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8037 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8039 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8040 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8041 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8043 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8045 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8046 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8047 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8048 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8049 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8050 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
8052 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8056 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8058 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8061 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8063 unsigned long r_symndx;
8064 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8067 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8070 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8073 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8074 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8075 " stub section `%s'"),
8077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8081 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8082 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8086 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8087 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8088 that refers to this symbol. */
8089 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8091 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8092 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8094 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8095 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8096 || o->reloc_count == 0
8097 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8101 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8103 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8106 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8107 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8108 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8109 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
8112 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8121 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8122 not need it. Since this function is called before
8123 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8124 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8126 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8130 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8132 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
8134 unsigned long symcount;
8138 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8139 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8141 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8142 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8143 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8146 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
8149 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8150 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8152 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8153 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8154 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8155 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8159 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8160 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8162 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8164 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8165 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
8167 loc = &h->call_stub;
8169 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8170 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8171 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8172 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8173 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8176 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8180 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8182 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8188 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
8190 unsigned long r_symndx;
8191 unsigned int r_type;
8192 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8193 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
8194 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
8195 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p;
8197 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
8198 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8200 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
8202 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
8204 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8205 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8212 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
8215 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8216 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8217 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
8219 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8221 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
8225 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8226 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8227 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
8229 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8230 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8231 call_reloc_p = FALSE;
8233 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8234 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8235 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8236 .debug* should have no effect. */
8237 constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0);
8242 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8243 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8244 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8245 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8246 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8247 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8248 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8252 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8253 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8254 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8255 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8256 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8257 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8259 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8260 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8261 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8262 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8263 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8264 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8265 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8266 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8267 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8268 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8269 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8272 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8274 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8275 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
8277 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8279 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8280 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8281 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8285 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8290 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8291 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8292 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8293 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8296 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8297 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8298 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8299 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8300 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8301 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8302 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8303 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8304 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8305 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8311 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8312 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8313 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8315 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8316 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8317 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8318 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8319 against a read-only section. */
8322 && !htab->is_vxworks
8323 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8324 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8325 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8326 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8327 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8329 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8331 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8337 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
8338 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8342 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8343 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8344 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8345 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8351 if (constrain_symbol_p)
8353 if (!can_make_dynamic_p)
8354 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1;
8357 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
8359 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8360 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8361 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8362 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8363 if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p))
8364 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8367 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8368 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8369 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8370 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8374 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8378 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8379 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8380 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8381 relocations against the text segment. */
8382 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8385 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8386 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8387 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8388 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8390 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8391 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8392 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8393 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8394 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8395 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8396 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8397 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8398 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8399 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8404 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8405 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8406 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8411 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8412 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8415 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8416 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8417 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8423 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8424 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8429 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8430 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8431 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8432 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8436 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8437 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8438 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8444 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8445 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8446 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8450 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8451 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8452 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8453 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8455 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8456 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8457 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8459 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8461 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8463 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8464 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8466 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8467 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8470 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8473 addend = rel->r_addend;
8474 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8481 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8483 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8484 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8485 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8486 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8490 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8491 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8494 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8495 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8496 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8501 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8502 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8503 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8505 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8508 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8509 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8510 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8511 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8513 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8519 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8520 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8521 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8522 for TLS GD relocations. */
8525 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8531 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8541 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8542 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8543 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8544 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8548 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8552 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8554 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8555 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8556 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8557 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8558 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8559 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8560 relocations against the text segment. */
8561 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8565 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8567 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8568 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8569 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8570 it will be left as zero.
8572 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8573 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8575 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8576 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8578 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8579 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8580 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8581 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8582 are relocations against the text segment. */
8583 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8588 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8589 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8593 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8594 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8595 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8596 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8597 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8598 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8599 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8600 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8601 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8602 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8605 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8606 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8607 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8608 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8612 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8613 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8614 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8615 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8617 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8625 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8626 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8627 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8628 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8629 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8630 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8633 && jal_reloc_p (r_type)
8634 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
8636 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8637 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd);
8638 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8641 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
8642 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
8644 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
8647 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8648 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8649 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8650 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8652 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8653 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8657 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8658 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8661 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8662 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8663 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8664 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8665 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8673 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8674 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8675 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8676 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8677 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8678 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8679 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8682 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8683 and has a special meaning. */
8684 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8685 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8688 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8689 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8696 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8697 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8698 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8699 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8701 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8702 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8714 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8715 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8718 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8719 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8720 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8721 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8723 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8724 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8725 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8727 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8730 if (link_info->relocatable)
8733 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8734 link_info->keep_memory);
8735 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8738 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8739 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8740 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8741 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8743 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8746 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8747 unsigned int r_type;
8748 unsigned long r_symndx;
8750 unsigned long instruction;
8752 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8753 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8754 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8755 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8756 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8759 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8760 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8761 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8764 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8765 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8767 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8768 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8769 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8771 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8773 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8774 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8775 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8776 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8777 && !h->root.forced_local))
8780 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8781 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8782 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8783 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8784 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8786 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8790 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8792 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8793 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8795 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8796 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8797 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8798 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8800 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8804 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8805 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8807 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8808 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8809 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8810 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8813 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8814 symval = isym->st_value
8815 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8816 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8819 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8821 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8822 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8824 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8825 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8830 /* Check that it's in range. */
8831 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8834 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8835 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8838 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8840 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8841 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8842 instruction = 0x04110000;
8843 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8844 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8845 instruction = 0x10000000;
8849 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8850 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8851 changed_contents = TRUE;
8854 if (contents != NULL
8855 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8857 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8861 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8862 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8868 if (contents != NULL
8869 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8874 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8877 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8879 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8882 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8884 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8885 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8887 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8888 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8890 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8891 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8892 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8895 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8896 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8897 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8900 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8901 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8902 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8903 if (! info->relocatable
8904 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8905 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8906 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8909 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8911 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8913 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8914 non-default visibility. */
8915 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8918 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8920 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8922 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8929 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8930 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8931 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8932 relocations against it.
8934 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8935 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8937 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8939 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8940 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8941 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8945 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8946 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8947 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8948 against the text segment. */
8949 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8956 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8957 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8958 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8959 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8963 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8964 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8970 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8971 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8973 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8974 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8976 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8977 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8979 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8982 && !h->def_regular)));
8984 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8986 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8987 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8988 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8989 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8990 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8992 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8993 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8994 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8996 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8999 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9000 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9001 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9002 executable and the shared library. */
9003 if (!h->def_regular)
9005 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
9006 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9010 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9011 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9013 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9014 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9015 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9016 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9017 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9018 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9019 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9020 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9021 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
9022 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9023 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
9024 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
9025 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
9027 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9028 bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd);
9030 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9031 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9032 for PLT offset calculations. */
9033 if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0)
9035 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9036 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0);
9038 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9039 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9040 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9041 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9042 if (!htab->is_vxworks
9043 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
9046 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9047 for the same reason as above. */
9048 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
9049 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
9052 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9054 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9056 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size
9057 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9059 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9060 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9061 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
9062 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9064 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9065 if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared)
9066 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9067 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
9068 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9069 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9070 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
9072 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9074 else if (!micromips_p)
9076 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9077 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9078 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9079 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9081 else if (htab->insn32)
9083 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9084 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9085 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9086 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9090 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9091 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9092 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9093 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9097 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9098 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj);
9099 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9102 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9103 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9105 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9106 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9107 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9108 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9113 || hmips->call_fp_stub)
9115 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9116 h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE;
9119 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9120 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9121 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9122 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9123 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9124 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9125 if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9128 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
9130 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9133 if (h->plt.plist->need_mips)
9135 h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset;
9136 htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size;
9138 if (h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9140 h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset;
9141 htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size;
9144 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9145 h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++;
9147 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9148 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9149 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
9150 hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE;
9152 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9153 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
9154 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
9155 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
9157 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9158 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
9159 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9161 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9162 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9163 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9168 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9169 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9170 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9171 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
9173 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9174 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
9175 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
9176 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
9180 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9181 in regular objects. */
9185 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9186 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9187 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
9190 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9191 some that we can't convert. */
9192 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
9194 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9195 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9196 h->root.root.string);
9197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9201 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9202 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9203 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9204 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9205 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9206 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9207 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9208 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9209 same memory location for the variable. */
9211 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9213 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9214 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9216 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
9220 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9221 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9222 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9224 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
9227 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9228 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9229 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9232 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9233 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9236 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9237 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9239 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9240 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9242 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9243 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
9245 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
9247 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9248 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9250 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
9253 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9255 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
9256 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
9263 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9266 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9270 struct mips_got_info *g;
9271 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
9272 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
9274 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
9275 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9277 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9278 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9284 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9287 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9288 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9289 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0);
9290 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9291 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
9293 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
9294 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
9295 g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
9297 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9298 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9299 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
9301 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g))
9304 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9305 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9307 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9309 asection *subsection;
9311 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
9313 subsection = subsection->next)
9315 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
9317 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
9318 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
9322 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9323 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9324 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9325 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9328 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9329 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9330 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
9332 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9334 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
9335 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
9337 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
9338 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
9340 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9341 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9342 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9344 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9345 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9347 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
9349 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
9354 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9355 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9356 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9357 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
9358 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
9359 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
9361 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9362 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
9365 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9366 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
9369 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
9370 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
9372 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9373 if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared)
9374 g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
9376 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9378 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9384 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9387 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9389 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9390 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9392 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9393 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9395 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9398 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9399 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9400 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9402 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9403 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9404 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9406 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9407 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9409 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9410 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9411 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9412 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9413 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9414 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
9415 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9416 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9417 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9418 else if (htab->insn32)
9419 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9420 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9421 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9423 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9424 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9425 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9427 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9430 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9431 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9432 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9435 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9437 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data;
9438 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9439 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9443 output_bfd = hti->output_bfd;
9444 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9445 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9447 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9449 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9450 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9451 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9453 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL);
9454 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9455 h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner);
9456 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9461 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9462 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit;
9463 h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9464 h->root.other = other;
9465 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9470 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9471 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9474 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9476 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
9477 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9478 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9479 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9481 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9482 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9485 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9486 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9488 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9491 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9493 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9495 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti);
9498 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9499 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9500 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9502 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9503 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9504 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9507 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9514 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9515 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9516 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9517 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9520 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9522 struct bfd_link_info *info = data;
9523 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9524 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9529 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9530 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9532 if (h->use_plt_entry)
9534 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL);
9535 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
9536 || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE);
9538 val = htab->plt_header_size;
9539 if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
9542 val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset;
9548 val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset;
9549 other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16;
9552 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9553 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9555 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9558 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
9559 h->root.root.u.def.value = val;
9560 h->root.other = other;
9566 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9569 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9570 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9573 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9574 bfd_boolean reltext;
9575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9577 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9578 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9579 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9580 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9582 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9584 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9585 if (info->executable)
9587 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9588 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9590 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9592 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9595 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9596 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9597 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9598 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9599 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9600 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9602 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9603 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9605 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9606 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9607 if (htab->splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0)
9609 bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)
9610 && !htab->plt_mips_offset);
9611 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9612 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9613 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9616 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9617 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9618 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt->size == 0);
9620 if (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared)
9621 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
9622 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9623 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
9624 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9625 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry);
9626 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9627 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry);
9628 else if (!micromips_p)
9629 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9630 else if (htab->insn32)
9631 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9633 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9635 htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p;
9636 htab->plt_header_size = size;
9637 htab->splt->size = (size
9638 + htab->plt_mips_offset
9639 + htab->plt_comp_offset);
9640 htab->sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index
9641 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9643 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info);
9645 if (htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9647 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9648 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9649 htab->root.hplt = h;
9654 h = htab->root.hplt;
9655 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9661 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9662 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9664 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9666 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9669 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9671 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9672 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9675 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9679 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9680 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9681 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9683 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9686 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9690 const char *outname;
9693 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9694 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9695 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9696 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9697 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9699 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9701 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9703 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9704 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9705 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9708 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9709 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9710 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9713 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9714 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9715 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9716 will move them around between input sections'
9717 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9718 broken, so don't let it run. */
9719 info->combreloc = 0;
9722 else if (! info->shared
9723 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9724 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9726 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9727 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9728 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9730 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9731 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9732 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9733 else if (s == htab->splt)
9735 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9736 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9737 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9738 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9739 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9742 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9744 && s != htab->sgotplt
9745 && s != htab->sstubs
9746 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9748 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9754 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9758 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9761 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9762 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9763 if (s->contents == NULL)
9765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9770 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9772 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9773 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9774 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9775 the .dynamic section. */
9777 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9778 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9779 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9780 may only look at the first one they see. */
9782 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9785 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9786 used by the debugger. */
9787 if (info->executable
9788 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9789 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9792 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9793 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9795 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9797 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9800 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9801 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9802 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9803 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9804 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9807 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9810 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9811 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9813 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9814 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9815 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9817 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9820 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9823 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9829 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9831 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9834 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9837 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9841 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9844 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9847 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9850 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9853 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9856 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9859 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9862 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9863 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9866 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9867 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9868 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9869 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9872 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9874 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9877 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9880 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9883 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9886 if (htab->is_vxworks
9887 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9894 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9895 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9896 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9897 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9900 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9901 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9902 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9904 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9905 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9908 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9910 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9911 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9912 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9913 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9915 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9916 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9919 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9920 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9922 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9923 if (!info->relocatable)
9925 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9926 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9929 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9930 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9931 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9935 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9936 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9937 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9938 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9939 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9940 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9941 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9942 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9943 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9944 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9945 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9947 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9948 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9949 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9952 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9953 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9954 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9955 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9956 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9957 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9958 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9961 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9962 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9963 unsigned int r_type;
9966 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9968 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9969 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9971 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9977 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9978 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9979 howto, i, contents);
9984 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9987 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9988 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9989 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9990 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9991 asection **local_sections)
9993 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9994 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9996 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9997 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9999 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10000 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10001 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
10005 reloc_howto_type *howto;
10006 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE;
10007 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10009 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
10010 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10012 unsigned long r_symndx;
10014 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10015 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10016 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
10018 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
10019 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10021 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10022 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10024 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
10025 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
10026 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10028 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10033 unsigned long extsymoff;
10036 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
10037 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10038 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
10039 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
10040 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
10041 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
10044 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10045 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
10046 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
10049 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
10051 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10052 input_section, &rel, &relend,
10053 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
10057 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
10059 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10060 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10061 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10062 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10063 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10064 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10065 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
10067 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10069 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10070 rel->r_offset += 4;
10073 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
10075 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10076 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10077 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10078 RELA relocation. */
10079 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10082 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
10083 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
10085 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
10086 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
10087 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
10090 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
10091 contents, &addend))
10094 name = h->root.root.string;
10096 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
10097 local_syms + r_symndx,
10099 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10100 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10101 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
10106 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
10109 addend = rel->r_addend;
10110 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10111 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
10114 if (info->relocatable)
10116 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
10117 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10118 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10120 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
10122 addend += rel->r_addend;
10123 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
10124 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
10125 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
10126 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
10127 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
10128 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
10130 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
10132 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10133 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10134 source of the addend in the final link. */
10135 addend &= howto->src_mask;
10137 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10138 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10139 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10140 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10141 but for endianness. */
10147 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10149 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10156 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10157 do two separate stores. */
10158 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10160 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10162 low_bits = sign_bits;
10163 high_bits = addend;
10168 high_bits = sign_bits;
10170 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10171 contents + rel->r_offset);
10172 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10173 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10177 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
10178 input_bfd, input_section,
10183 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10187 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10188 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10189 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10191 if (rel + 1 < relend
10192 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
10193 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
10194 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
10196 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10198 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10199 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
10200 input_section, info, rel,
10201 addend, howto, local_syms,
10202 local_sections, &value,
10203 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
10204 use_saved_addend_p))
10206 case bfd_reloc_continue:
10207 /* There's nothing to do. */
10210 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10211 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10212 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10213 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10214 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10217 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
10218 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10219 info->callbacks->warning
10220 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10223 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10224 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10225 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10226 a given location. */
10230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10232 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10233 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10234 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10235 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
10236 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
10237 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
10239 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10240 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10242 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
10243 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
10245 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10246 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
10247 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
10255 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10256 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
10258 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10259 info->callbacks->warning
10260 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10263 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type))
10265 msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10266 info->callbacks->warning
10267 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10270 /* Fall through. */
10277 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10278 until we reach the last one. */
10279 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10285 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10286 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10287 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10288 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10289 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10290 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10291 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10292 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10298 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10300 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10307 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10308 do two separate stores. */
10309 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10311 /* Undo what we did above. */
10312 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10313 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10315 low_bits = sign_bits;
10321 high_bits = sign_bits;
10323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10324 contents + rel->r_offset);
10325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10326 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10330 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10331 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
10332 input_bfd, input_section,
10333 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
10340 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10341 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10344 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
10346 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
10347 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10348 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
10351 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
10353 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
10354 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
10355 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
10356 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10358 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10359 s = stub->stub_section;
10363 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
10372 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10373 offset = stub->offset;
10375 /* Work out the target address. */
10376 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
10377 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10379 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10380 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
10382 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
10384 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10385 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10386 memset (loc, 0, offset);
10388 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10390 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10391 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
10393 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10394 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
10399 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10400 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
10405 /* This is trampoline. */
10407 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10409 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10410 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
10411 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10412 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
10413 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10414 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
10415 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10419 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10420 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
10421 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
10422 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10428 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10429 adjust it appropriately now. */
10432 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10433 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10435 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10436 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10437 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
10440 "__dso_displacement",
10442 "__program_header_table",
10446 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
10454 const char* const *p;
10457 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
10458 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
10461 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
10463 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10465 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10466 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10468 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10470 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10472 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10478 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10479 dynamic sections here. */
10482 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10483 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10484 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10485 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10489 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
10492 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10493 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10495 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10496 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10497 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10498 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10500 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
10502 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10503 && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
10504 || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE))
10506 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10508 bfd_vma header_address, got_address;
10509 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
10513 got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10515 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10516 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10517 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10518 BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE);
10519 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
10521 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10522 isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp;
10523 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10524 + htab->splt->output_offset + isa_bit);
10526 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10527 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10528 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10529 + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10531 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10532 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10534 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10535 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10536 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10537 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10539 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10541 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10542 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10543 if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10545 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10546 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10548 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10550 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10552 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10553 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10555 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10556 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10558 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10560 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd))
10561 plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry;
10563 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10564 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10565 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load,
10568 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10571 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10575 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10576 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low,
10581 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10582 if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10584 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10586 plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset
10587 + h->plt.plist->comp_offset);
10589 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10591 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10592 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10594 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10595 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
10597 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10599 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10600 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2);
10601 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10602 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12);
10607 else if (htab->insn32)
10609 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10611 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10612 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2);
10613 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10614 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6);
10615 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10617 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12);
10618 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14);
10622 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10623 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset;
10624 bfd_vma loc_address;
10626 BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0);
10628 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10629 + htab->splt->output_offset + plt_offset);
10630 gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
10632 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10633 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10635 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10636 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10637 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10639 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
10640 htab->splt->output_section,
10641 (long) gotpc_offset);
10642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
10645 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
10646 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
10647 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
10648 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10649 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10650 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10651 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10655 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10656 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
10657 got_index - 2, h->dynindx,
10658 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10660 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10661 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10662 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10663 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10664 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10665 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10666 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other);
10674 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10676 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10677 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
10678 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
10679 bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size;
10680 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10681 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
10682 bfd_vma stub_big_size;
10685 stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10686 else if (htab->insn32)
10687 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10689 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10691 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10693 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10695 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff);
10697 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10698 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10700 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10703 /* Fill the stub. */
10707 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10712 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10713 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10719 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10722 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10724 long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff;
10726 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10727 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi),
10733 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS,
10739 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10743 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10744 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10745 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10746 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10747 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10749 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10750 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10751 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10754 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10755 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd,
10762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10766 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10775 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10776 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10777 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10780 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10788 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10789 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset,
10792 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10793 only for the referenced symbol. */
10794 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10796 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10797 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10798 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10799 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10800 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10801 + h->plt.plist->stub_offset
10803 sym->st_other = other;
10806 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10807 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10809 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10811 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10812 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10813 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10814 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10815 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10818 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10819 || h->forced_local);
10822 g = htab->got_info;
10823 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10825 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10826 the symbols that need them. */
10827 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10832 value = sym->st_value;
10833 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
10834 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10837 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
10839 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10845 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10848 e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE;
10850 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10853 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10856 offset = p->gotidx;
10857 BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->sgot->size);
10859 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10861 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10862 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10864 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10865 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10866 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10867 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10868 appropriate addend. */
10869 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10871 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10872 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10873 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10875 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10876 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10879 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10880 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10881 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10885 entry = sym->st_value;
10886 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10891 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10892 name = h->root.root.string;
10893 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10894 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10895 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10896 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10897 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10899 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10900 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10903 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10905 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10906 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10907 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10909 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10911 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10912 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10914 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10915 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10917 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10919 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10921 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10922 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10923 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10924 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10926 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10928 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10929 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10930 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10931 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10935 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10941 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10942 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10944 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10945 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10946 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10947 + h->root.u.def.value);
10948 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10949 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10952 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10953 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10954 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10956 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10957 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10958 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10960 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10961 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10963 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other))
10965 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10966 sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS;
10972 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10975 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10976 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10977 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10978 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10982 struct mips_got_info *g;
10983 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10986 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10987 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10988 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10989 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10991 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10994 bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10995 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10996 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10997 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
10998 bfd_vma plt_offset;
11000 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
11001 gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
11003 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
11006 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
11008 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11009 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11010 + htab->splt->output_offset
11013 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11014 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11015 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
11016 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11018 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11019 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11020 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
11022 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11023 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11024 branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11026 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
11028 (htab->sgotplt->contents
11029 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)));
11031 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11032 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
11036 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
11037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11042 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
11044 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
11045 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11046 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
11048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
11051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
11052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11057 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
11058 + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11060 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11061 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11062 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11063 rel.r_addend = plt_offset;
11064 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11066 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11067 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11068 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
11069 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11070 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
11071 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11073 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11074 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11076 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11077 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11080 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11081 loc = (htab->srelplt->contents
11082 + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11083 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11084 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
11086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11088 if (!h->def_regular)
11089 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
11092 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
11095 g = htab->got_info;
11096 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11098 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11099 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11102 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
11106 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11107 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11108 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
11110 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11111 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11112 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11113 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
11114 + sgot->output_offset
11116 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
11117 outrel.r_addend = 0;
11118 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
11121 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11124 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11126 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11128 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11129 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11130 + h->root.u.def.value);
11131 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
11133 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
11134 htab->srelbss->contents
11135 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
11136 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
11137 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
11140 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11141 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
11142 sym->st_value &= ~1;
11147 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11150 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11153 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
11154 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11155 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11157 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11158 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11160 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11161 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
11162 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
11163 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
11164 else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp)
11165 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11166 else if (htab->insn32)
11167 plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11169 plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11171 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11172 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11173 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
11174 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11175 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
11177 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11178 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11179 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11180 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11182 /* Install the PLT header. */
11183 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11184 if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11186 bfd_vma gotpc_offset;
11187 bfd_vma loc_address;
11190 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0);
11192 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11193 + htab->splt->output_offset);
11194 gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
11196 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11197 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11199 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11200 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11202 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
11203 htab->splt->output_section,
11204 (long) gotpc_offset);
11205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
11208 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
11209 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
11210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
11211 for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11214 else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11218 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
11219 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2);
11220 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
11221 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6);
11222 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
11223 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10);
11224 for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11225 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
11230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
11231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
11232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11242 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11243 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11246 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11248 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11250 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
11251 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11254 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11255 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11257 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
11259 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11260 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11261 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11262 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
11264 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11265 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
11267 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11268 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
11270 /* Install the PLT header. */
11271 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
11273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
11274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
11275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11279 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11280 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
11281 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
11282 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11284 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11285 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11287 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11288 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11289 rela.r_offset += 4;
11290 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11291 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11292 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11294 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11295 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11296 in which symbols were output. */
11297 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
11299 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11301 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11302 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11303 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11304 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11306 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11307 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11308 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11309 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11311 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11312 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11313 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11314 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11318 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11321 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11324 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11326 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11327 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11329 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11330 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
11331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
11332 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
11335 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11338 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
11339 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11344 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
11345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11347 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11348 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11350 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11352 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
11355 gg = htab->got_info;
11357 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11360 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
11362 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11363 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
11365 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
11366 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11368 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11369 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11370 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11372 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11376 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11378 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11379 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11381 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11387 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
11391 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11392 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
11396 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11398 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
11403 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11406 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
11408 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11411 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
11412 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
11415 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
11416 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
11419 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
11423 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
11427 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
11429 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11432 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
11434 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11437 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
11438 s = output_bfd->sections;
11439 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11440 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
11443 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
11444 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
11447 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
11448 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11449 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11450 referenced within the same object. */
11451 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
11454 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
11455 if (htab->global_gotsym)
11457 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
11460 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11461 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11462 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11464 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
11466 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
11467 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
11468 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11470 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
11473 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
11474 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
11477 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
11479 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11480 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11483 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11484 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11487 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11488 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11489 + h->root.u.def.value);
11493 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
11494 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
11495 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
11496 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
11500 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11501 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11503 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
11507 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11508 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11509 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
11511 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
11515 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11516 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
11520 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11521 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
11522 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
11526 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11527 the dynamic tag. */
11528 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11530 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11531 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11536 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11537 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11538 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11539 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
11541 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11545 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11546 if (htab->is_vxworks
11547 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
11552 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
11553 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11554 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
11558 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
11563 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11564 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
11565 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
11568 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
11569 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
11571 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11573 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11574 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11575 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11576 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11577 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11578 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
11579 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
11581 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11582 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11583 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11585 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11589 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11590 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11591 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11592 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
11593 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11594 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11597 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
11598 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11601 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11602 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
11604 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11605 bfd_vma addend = 0;
11607 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11608 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
11610 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11612 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
11613 + g->next->tls_gotno;
11615 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
11616 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11617 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11619 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11621 if (! info->shared)
11624 for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++)
11626 if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno
11627 && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno)
11630 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
11631 = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11632 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11633 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
11634 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
11635 0, &addend, sgot)))
11637 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
11642 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11643 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11646 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11649 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11651 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11653 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11654 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11655 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11657 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11660 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11661 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11663 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11669 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11670 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11671 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11672 are trailing null entries. */
11673 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11674 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
11675 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
11676 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
11677 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
11678 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11679 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11680 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
11685 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11690 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11697 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
11699 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11701 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11702 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
11706 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
11708 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
11709 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
11712 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
11713 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
11716 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11717 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
11719 file_ptr dummy_offset;
11721 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
11722 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
11723 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
11724 htab->function_stub_size);
11729 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11730 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11731 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11732 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11733 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
11735 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11737 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
11739 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
11741 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11742 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11743 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
11744 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
11746 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11747 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
11748 sort_dynamic_relocs);
11753 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
11755 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11758 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
11760 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
11764 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
11765 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info))
11773 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11776 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11780 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11783 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
11784 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
11787 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
11788 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
11791 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
11792 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
11795 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
11796 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
11797 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
11798 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
11799 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
11802 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
11803 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
11806 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
11807 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
11810 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11811 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11814 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11815 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11818 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11819 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11822 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11823 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11826 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11827 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11830 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11831 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11834 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11835 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11838 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11839 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11840 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11841 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11842 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11843 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11844 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11845 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11848 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11849 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11852 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11853 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11856 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11857 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11860 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11861 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11864 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11865 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11868 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11869 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11870 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11873 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11874 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11877 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11878 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11881 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11882 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11885 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11886 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11889 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11890 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3:
11891 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5:
11892 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11895 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11896 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3:
11897 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5:
11898 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11901 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6:
11902 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6;
11905 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6:
11906 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
11909 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11910 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11915 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11916 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11917 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11920 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11921 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11924 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11928 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11929 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11930 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11931 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11932 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11934 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11935 info for each special section. */
11936 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11937 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11940 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11942 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11943 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11944 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11946 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11949 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11950 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11951 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11952 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11953 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11954 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11955 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11956 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11959 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11960 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11961 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11962 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11963 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11964 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11965 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11966 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11967 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11970 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11971 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11973 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11974 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11976 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11979 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11980 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11981 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11982 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11983 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11984 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11985 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11988 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11989 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11991 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11993 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11994 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12001 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12005 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
12006 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12011 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12012 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12013 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
12016 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12017 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12020 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12021 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
12022 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12023 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
12026 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12027 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
12028 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
12029 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
12032 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12033 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12034 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12035 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12041 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12044 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
12045 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12048 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
12051 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12053 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12054 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12056 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12057 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
12062 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12066 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
12068 m->sections[0] = s;
12070 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12071 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12073 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12074 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12082 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12084 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12085 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12087 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12088 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
12093 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12097 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
12099 m->sections[0] = s;
12101 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12102 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12104 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12105 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12113 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12114 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12115 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12117 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
12118 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12119 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12120 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12122 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
12124 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
12125 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12130 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
12132 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12134 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12135 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12138 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12140 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
12141 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12142 options_segment->next = *pm;
12143 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
12144 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
12145 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
12146 options_segment->count = 1;
12147 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
12148 *pm = options_segment;
12154 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
12156 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12157 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12158 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
12159 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
12160 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
12162 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12163 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
12168 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12172 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
12174 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12179 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
12184 m->sections[0] = s;
12187 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12188 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12189 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
12199 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12200 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12202 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL;
12204 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
12207 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12208 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12209 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12210 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12211 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12212 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12213 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12214 PT_LOAD segment. */
12215 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12218 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
12220 static const char *sec_names[] =
12222 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12226 struct elf_segment_map *n;
12228 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
12230 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
12232 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
12233 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12240 if (high < s->vma + sz)
12241 high = s->vma + sz;
12246 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12247 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12249 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12252 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
12253 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12260 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12262 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12264 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12266 n->sections[i] = s;
12275 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12276 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12278 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12279 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12280 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12281 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12282 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12284 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12285 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12286 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12287 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12288 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12291 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12292 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12294 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12295 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12297 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
12298 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
12302 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
12306 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
12314 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12318 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
12319 struct bfd_link_info *info,
12320 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
12321 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12322 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12324 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12327 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
12329 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
12330 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
12334 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
12337 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12340 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12341 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12342 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12343 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12346 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12347 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12348 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
12349 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
12350 unsigned long r_symndx;
12351 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12353 if (info->relocatable)
12356 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12357 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12358 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
12360 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12361 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
12362 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
12364 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
12365 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
12367 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
12368 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
12369 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
12370 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
12371 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
12372 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
12373 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12374 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
12375 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
12376 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
12377 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
12378 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
12379 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
12380 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
12381 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
12382 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12383 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
12384 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12385 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12386 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12397 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12400 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12401 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook)
12405 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
12407 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link.next)
12411 if (! is_mips_elf (sub))
12414 for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12416 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12417 (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o)))
12419 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook))
12427 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12428 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12429 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12430 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12433 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12434 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
12435 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
12437 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
12439 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
12441 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
12442 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
12443 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12444 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12445 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
12446 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
12448 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
12451 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
12452 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
12453 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
12454 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
12455 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
12456 if (indmips->fn_stub)
12458 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
12459 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
12461 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
12463 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
12464 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
12466 if (indmips->call_stub)
12468 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
12469 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
12471 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
12473 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
12474 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
12476 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
12477 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
12478 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
12479 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
12480 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
12481 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
12484 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12487 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
12488 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12491 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
12492 unsigned char *tdata;
12495 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
12500 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
12502 if (o->output_section != NULL
12503 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
12506 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
12510 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
12511 info->keep_memory);
12518 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
12519 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
12521 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
12523 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
12532 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
12533 if (o->rawsize == 0)
12534 o->rawsize = o->size;
12535 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
12541 if (! info->keep_memory)
12542 free (cookie->rels);
12548 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
12550 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
12556 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
12557 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12558 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
12560 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
12563 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
12566 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
12570 end = contents + sec->size;
12571 for (from = contents, i = 0;
12573 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
12575 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
12578 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
12581 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
12582 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
12586 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12587 from output by default for clarity. */
12590 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
12592 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
12595 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12596 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12598 struct mips_elf_find_line
12600 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
12601 struct ecoff_find_line i;
12605 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols,
12606 asection *section, bfd_vma offset,
12607 const char **filename_ptr,
12608 const char **functionname_ptr,
12609 unsigned int *line_ptr,
12610 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
12614 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
12615 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12616 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
12617 dwarf_debug_sections,
12618 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
12619 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
12622 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12623 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12627 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
12630 flagword origflags;
12631 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
12632 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
12633 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12635 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12636 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12637 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12638 origflags = msec->flags;
12639 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
12640 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12642 fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
12645 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
12648 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
12649 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
12651 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12654 msec->flags = origflags;
12658 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
12660 msec->flags = origflags;
12664 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12665 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
12666 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12667 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
12669 msec->flags = origflags;
12672 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
12673 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
12674 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
12675 fraw_end = (fraw_src
12676 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
12677 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
12678 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
12680 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
12682 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12683 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12684 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12685 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12686 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12687 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12690 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
12691 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12694 msec->flags = origflags;
12698 msec->flags = origflags;
12701 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12703 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12704 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12705 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr);
12709 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
12710 const char **filename_ptr,
12711 const char **functionname_ptr,
12712 unsigned int *line_ptr)
12715 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
12716 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
12717 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
12722 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12723 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12724 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12727 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
12728 const void *location,
12729 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
12731 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
12735 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12737 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
12738 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12739 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12742 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
12745 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
12748 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
12751 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
12754 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
12758 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12759 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12762 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12764 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12765 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
12767 bfd_boolean relocatable,
12770 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12771 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
12772 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
12775 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
12776 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
12779 if (reloc_size < 0)
12782 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
12783 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
12786 /* read in the section */
12787 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
12788 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
12791 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
12795 if (reloc_count < 0)
12798 if (reloc_count > 0)
12803 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12806 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
12807 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
12808 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12809 if (abfd && input_bfd
12810 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
12814 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
12815 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
12822 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
12823 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
12824 case bfd_link_hash_common:
12827 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
12828 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
12830 gp = lh->u.def.value;
12832 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
12833 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
12835 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12837 case bfd_link_hash_new:
12846 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
12848 char *error_message = NULL;
12849 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
12851 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12852 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12853 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
12855 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12856 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12857 to the generic handling. */
12859 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
12860 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
12861 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
12862 input_section, relocatable,
12865 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
12867 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
12872 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
12874 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12875 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12879 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12883 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12884 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12885 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12886 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
12889 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12890 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12891 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12892 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
12893 (*parent)->address)))
12896 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12897 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12899 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12900 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12901 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12904 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12913 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12914 free (reloc_vector);
12918 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12919 free (reloc_vector);
12924 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12925 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12927 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12928 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12929 bfd_byte *contents;
12930 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12931 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12932 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12933 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12934 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12935 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12936 unsigned int symcount;
12938 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12939 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12941 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12942 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12944 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12945 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12946 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12947 sec->size -= count;
12949 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12950 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12952 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12953 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12954 irel->r_offset -= count;
12957 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12958 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12960 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12961 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12962 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12963 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12964 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12965 isym->st_value -= count;
12967 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12968 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12969 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12970 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12971 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12973 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12975 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12977 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12978 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12979 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12981 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12983 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12984 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12986 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12994 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12995 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12997 struct opcode_descriptor {
12998 unsigned long match;
12999 unsigned long mask;
13002 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13006 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13008 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13009 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13011 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13013 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13014 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13017 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13019 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
13020 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13021 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13022 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13025 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
13026 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13028 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
13029 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13031 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
13032 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13034 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
13035 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13037 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
13038 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13040 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
13041 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13044 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13046 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13047 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13048 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13050 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13052 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
13053 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13054 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13055 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13058 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
13059 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13060 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13061 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13064 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
13065 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13066 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13067 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13070 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
13071 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13072 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13073 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13076 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13078 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13079 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13080 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13083 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13085 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
13086 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13088 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
13089 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13091 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
13092 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13094 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
13095 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13097 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
13098 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13100 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13102 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
13103 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13105 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13106 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13108 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13109 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13110 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13111 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13114 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13116 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
13117 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13119 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13120 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13121 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13125 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13127 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
13128 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13130 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
13131 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13133 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
13134 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13136 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13138 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13140 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
13141 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13143 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13144 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13145 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13146 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13150 /* LUI instruction. */
13152 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
13153 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13156 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13158 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
13159 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13161 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
13162 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13164 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13165 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13168 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13170 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13171 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13172 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13173 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13175 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13176 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13178 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
13179 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13180 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13181 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13184 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
13185 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13188 /* NOP instructions. */
13190 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
13191 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13193 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
13194 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13197 /* Instruction match support. */
13199 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13202 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
13204 unsigned long indx;
13206 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
13207 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
13214 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13216 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13217 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13218 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13219 the second half of another instruction. */
13222 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13224 unsigned long opcode;
13227 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13228 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
13229 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13231 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
13232 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
13233 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13236 /* No delay slot. */
13242 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13243 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13244 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13245 the second half of another instruction. */
13248 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13250 unsigned long opcode;
13253 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13254 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
13255 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13257 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
13258 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13261 /* No delay slot. */
13267 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13268 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13271 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13273 unsigned long opcode;
13275 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13276 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
13278 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
13280 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
13281 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13282 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
13284 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
13290 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13291 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13294 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13296 unsigned long opcode;
13298 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13299 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
13301 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
13302 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13303 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
13305 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
13306 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13307 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
13308 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13309 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
13310 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
13311 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13312 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
13318 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13319 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13320 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13323 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
13324 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
13325 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
13327 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
13328 unsigned long opcode;
13330 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13331 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
13334 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13335 if (irel->r_offset == offset
13336 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
13342 /* Bitsize checking. */
13343 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13344 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13345 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13349 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
13350 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
13351 bfd_boolean *again)
13353 bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32;
13354 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13355 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
13356 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13357 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
13358 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
13360 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13363 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13364 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13367 if (link_info->relocatable
13368 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
13369 || sec->reloc_count == 0
13370 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
13373 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13375 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13376 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13377 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
13378 link_info->keep_memory));
13379 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
13382 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13383 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
13384 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13386 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
13387 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
13388 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
13389 unsigned long opcode;
13395 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13396 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13400 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13402 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13403 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13404 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
13407 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13408 if (contents == NULL)
13410 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13411 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
13412 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13413 /* Go get them off disk. */
13414 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
13417 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
13419 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13420 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
13422 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13423 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13424 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
13425 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
13427 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13431 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13432 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
13434 /* A local symbol. */
13435 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13438 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
13439 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
13440 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
13441 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
13442 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
13443 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
13444 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
13446 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
13447 symval = (isym->st_value
13448 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
13449 + sym_sec->output_offset);
13450 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
13454 unsigned long indx;
13455 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13457 /* An external symbol. */
13458 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13459 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
13460 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
13462 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
13463 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13464 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13465 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13466 regular reloc processing. */
13469 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
13470 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13471 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
13472 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
13473 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
13477 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13478 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13479 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13480 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13481 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13482 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13483 the linker is run. */
13485 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13486 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
13489 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13491 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13492 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13494 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
13497 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13498 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13499 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13501 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13503 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13504 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13505 out the offset). */
13506 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
13508 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
13509 unsigned long nextopc;
13513 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13515 if (irel > internal_relocs
13516 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13517 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
13520 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13521 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
13522 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13523 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
13526 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13527 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
13528 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13529 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
13532 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13533 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13534 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13535 it through if so. */
13536 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
13537 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
13538 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
13539 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
13540 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
13541 internal_relocs, irelend))))
13543 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
13545 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
13548 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
13550 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13551 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13552 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13553 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13554 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
13555 switch (offset - 4)
13560 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13564 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13571 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13573 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13575 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
13578 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13579 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13580 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13582 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13583 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
13585 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13586 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
13588 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13589 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13590 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13591 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
13592 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
13593 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13596 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13597 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13598 the PC-relative distance. */
13599 else if (symval % 4 == 0
13600 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
13601 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
13602 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
13603 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
13605 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13606 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
13608 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13609 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
13610 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
13612 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
13613 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13616 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13620 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13621 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
13623 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13628 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13629 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13630 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13631 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13632 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13633 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
13634 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13635 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
13637 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4),
13638 nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0))
13639 || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13640 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd,
13642 nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0))))
13646 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13648 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13649 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
13650 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
13651 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13653 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
13655 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13656 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13660 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13661 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13663 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13664 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
13665 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
13667 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13668 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
13670 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13673 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13676 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13681 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13682 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13684 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13685 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
13686 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13687 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
13688 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
13689 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
13693 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13695 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13696 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
13698 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13700 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
13701 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
13702 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13705 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13710 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13712 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13713 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13714 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13715 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
13717 unsigned long n32opc;
13718 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
13720 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
13722 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
13724 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13725 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
13729 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
13731 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13733 (move_insn_16.match
13734 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
13735 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
13740 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13741 instructions will be handled here later. */
13745 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13746 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13747 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
13749 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13757 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13758 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
13759 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13760 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13762 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13763 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
13764 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
13767 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13768 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13773 if (isymbuf != NULL
13774 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13776 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13780 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13781 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13785 if (contents != NULL
13786 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13788 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13792 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13793 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13797 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13798 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13799 free (internal_relocs);
13804 if (isymbuf != NULL
13805 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13807 if (contents != NULL
13808 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13810 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13811 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13812 free (internal_relocs);
13817 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13819 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13820 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13822 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
13823 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
13825 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
13829 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
13830 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
13831 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
13837 ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL;
13838 ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL;
13840 return &ret->root.root;
13843 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13845 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13846 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13848 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
13850 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
13853 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13855 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
13856 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13857 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
13862 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13863 and copy relocs. */
13866 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
13868 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13871 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13872 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13875 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean on)
13877 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = on;
13880 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13883 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd)
13885 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
13887 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
13888 return AFL_EXT_3900;
13889 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
13890 return AFL_EXT_4010;
13891 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
13892 return AFL_EXT_4100;
13893 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
13894 return AFL_EXT_4111;
13895 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
13896 return AFL_EXT_4120;
13897 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
13898 return AFL_EXT_4650;
13899 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
13900 return AFL_EXT_5400;
13901 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
13902 return AFL_EXT_5500;
13903 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
13904 return AFL_EXT_5900;
13905 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
13906 return AFL_EXT_10000;
13907 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
13908 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E;
13909 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
13910 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F;
13911 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
13912 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A;
13913 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
13914 return AFL_EXT_SB1;
13915 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
13916 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON;
13917 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
13918 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP;
13919 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
13920 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2;
13921 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
13922 return AFL_EXT_XLR;
13927 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13930 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags)
13932 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
13934 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
13935 abiflags->isa_level = 1;
13936 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13938 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
13939 abiflags->isa_level = 2;
13940 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13942 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
13943 abiflags->isa_level = 3;
13944 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13946 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
13947 abiflags->isa_level = 4;
13948 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13950 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
13951 abiflags->isa_level = 5;
13952 abiflags->isa_rev = 0;
13954 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
13955 abiflags->isa_level = 32;
13956 abiflags->isa_rev = 1;
13958 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
13959 abiflags->isa_level = 32;
13960 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13961 if (abiflags->isa_rev < 2)
13962 abiflags->isa_rev = 2;
13964 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
13965 abiflags->isa_level = 32;
13966 abiflags->isa_rev = 6;
13968 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
13969 abiflags->isa_level = 64;
13970 abiflags->isa_rev = 1;
13972 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
13973 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13974 abiflags->isa_level = 64;
13975 if (abiflags->isa_rev < 2)
13976 abiflags->isa_rev = 2;
13978 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
13979 abiflags->isa_level = 64;
13980 abiflags->isa_rev = 6;
13983 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13984 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
13985 abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd));
13988 abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd);
13991 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13994 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13996 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13997 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13998 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13999 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14000 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14001 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14002 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14003 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6);
14006 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14009 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags)
14011 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14013 memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0));
14014 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags);
14016 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
14017 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32;
14019 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64;
14021 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14023 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14024 abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14026 if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14027 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14028 || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14029 && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32))
14030 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32;
14031 else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14032 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14033 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
14034 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64;
14036 abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14038 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14039 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX;
14040 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14041 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16;
14042 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14043 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14045 if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14046 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14047 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14048 && abiflags->isa_level >= 32
14049 && abiflags->isa_ext != AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A)
14050 abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG;
14053 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14054 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14055 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14058 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14061 struct bfd_link_order *p;
14062 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
14063 asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec;
14064 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
14065 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
14066 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
14067 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
14068 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
14069 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
14070 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
14075 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14077 static const char * const secname[] =
14079 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14080 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14082 static const int sc[] =
14084 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
14085 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
14088 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14090 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
14091 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14093 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
14096 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14098 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
14100 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
14104 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14105 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
14107 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
14109 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14110 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14111 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
14112 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14113 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
14114 else if (htab->is_vxworks
14115 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
14116 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14117 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
14118 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14119 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14120 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
14122 else if (info->relocatable)
14124 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
14126 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14127 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14129 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
14132 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14133 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
14137 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14138 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14139 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14143 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14145 abiflags_sec = NULL;
14146 reginfo_sec = NULL;
14148 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
14149 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
14150 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14152 if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14154 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14155 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14156 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14157 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14159 asection *input_section;
14161 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14163 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14168 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14170 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14171 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14172 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14175 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14176 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
14178 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14179 matters, but someday it might). */
14180 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14185 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
14187 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
14189 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14190 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14191 the information together. */
14192 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14194 asection *input_section;
14196 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14199 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14201 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14206 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14207 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14209 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
14210 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14213 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
14215 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
14216 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
14217 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
14218 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
14219 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
14221 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14222 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14223 finally written out. */
14225 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14226 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14227 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14230 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14231 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
14233 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14234 matters, but someday it might). */
14235 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14240 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
14242 struct extsym_info einfo;
14245 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14246 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14247 the information together. */
14248 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
14249 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14250 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
14251 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
14252 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
14253 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
14254 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
14255 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
14256 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
14257 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
14258 symhdr->issMax = 0;
14259 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
14260 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
14262 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
14264 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14265 debug_info structure. */
14267 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
14268 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
14269 debug.external_sym = NULL;
14270 debug.external_opt = NULL;
14271 debug.external_aux = NULL;
14273 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
14274 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
14275 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
14276 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
14278 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14279 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
14283 esym.cobol_main = 0;
14287 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
14288 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
14289 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
14290 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
14292 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
14294 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
14295 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
14298 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
14299 last = s->vma + s->size;
14302 esym.asym.value = last;
14303 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
14304 secname[i], &esym))
14308 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14310 asection *input_section;
14312 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
14313 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
14317 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14319 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14324 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14325 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14327 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
14329 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14330 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14331 want to deal with it. */
14335 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
14336 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
14338 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
14340 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14341 read in the debugging information and set up an
14342 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14343 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
14347 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14348 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
14349 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
14352 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14353 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14354 the linker global hash table and save the information
14355 for the output external symbols. */
14356 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
14357 eraw_end = (eraw_src
14358 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
14359 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
14361 eraw_src < eraw_end;
14362 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
14366 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14368 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
14369 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
14370 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
14371 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
14374 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
14375 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14376 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14377 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
14382 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
14383 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
14384 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
14390 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14391 free (input_debug.line);
14392 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
14393 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
14394 free (input_debug.external_sym);
14395 free (input_debug.external_opt);
14396 free (input_debug.external_aux);
14397 free (input_debug.ss);
14398 free (input_debug.ssext);
14399 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
14400 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
14401 free (input_debug.external_ext);
14403 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14404 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14405 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14408 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
14410 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14411 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
14412 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
14414 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
14415 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
14417 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
14420 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
14421 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
14425 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
14431 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14434 einfo.debug = &debug;
14436 einfo.failed = FALSE;
14437 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14438 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
14442 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14443 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
14445 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14446 matters, but someday it might). */
14447 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14452 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
14454 const char *subname;
14457 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
14460 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14461 information describing how the small data area would
14462 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14463 not used in executables files. */
14464 if (! info->relocatable)
14466 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14468 asection *input_section;
14470 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14472 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14477 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14479 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14480 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14481 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14484 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14485 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14486 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14488 /* Really remove the section. */
14489 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
14490 --abfd->section_count;
14495 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14496 uninitialized data. */
14497 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14498 gptab_data_sec = o;
14499 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14503 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14504 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14505 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
14506 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
14510 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14511 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14512 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14513 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14514 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14515 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14516 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
14518 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
14519 o->name = ".gptab.data";
14521 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
14522 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14523 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
14526 /* Set up the first entry. */
14528 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14529 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
14532 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
14533 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
14535 /* Combine the input sections. */
14536 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14538 asection *input_section;
14540 bfd_size_type size;
14541 unsigned long last;
14542 bfd_size_type gpentry;
14544 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14546 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14551 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14552 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14554 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14555 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14556 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14557 size = input_section->size;
14559 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14561 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
14563 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
14564 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
14570 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14571 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
14572 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
14578 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
14580 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
14581 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
14584 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14586 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
14587 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
14589 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
14595 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
14598 /* We need a new table entry. */
14599 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14600 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
14601 if (new_tab == NULL)
14607 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
14608 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
14610 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14611 value, since that will be implied by this new
14614 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14616 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
14618 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
14619 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
14623 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
14624 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14629 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14632 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14633 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14634 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14637 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14639 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
14641 /* Swap out the table. */
14642 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14643 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
14644 if (ext_tab == NULL)
14650 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
14651 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
14654 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14655 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
14657 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14658 matters, but someday it might). */
14659 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14663 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14664 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
14667 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14669 if (abiflags_sec != NULL)
14671 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
14672 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags;
14674 abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
14676 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14677 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
14679 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags);
14680 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
14682 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext);
14683 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14687 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
14689 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14691 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
14692 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14696 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
14698 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
14699 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
14701 mdebug_sec->filepos))
14704 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14707 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
14709 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
14710 gptab_data_sec->contents,
14711 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
14715 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
14717 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
14718 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
14719 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
14723 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
14725 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
14726 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
14728 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
14729 rtproc_sec->contents,
14730 0, rtproc_sec->size))
14738 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14740 struct mips_mach_extension
14742 unsigned long extension, base;
14746 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14747 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14749 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] =
14751 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14752 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
14753 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
14754 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14755 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14757 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14758 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14759 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14760 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14762 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14763 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
14765 /* R10000 extensions. */
14766 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14767 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14768 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14770 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14771 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14772 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14773 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14774 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14775 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
14776 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
14778 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14779 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14780 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14781 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14782 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14783 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14785 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14786 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14787 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14789 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14790 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14791 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14792 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14793 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14794 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14795 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14796 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14797 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14798 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14799 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14801 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14802 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
14804 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14805 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14806 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14808 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14809 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
14810 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
14814 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14817 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
14821 if (extension == base)
14824 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14825 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
14828 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14829 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
14832 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
14833 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
14835 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
14836 if (extension == base)
14844 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14845 there are conflicting attributes. */
14847 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
14849 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14850 obj_attribute *out_attr;
14854 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
14855 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14856 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
14857 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
14859 abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd;
14861 && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
14862 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd;
14864 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
14866 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14867 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
14869 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14871 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
14876 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14877 non-conflicting ones. */
14878 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14879 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
14883 out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14884 in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14885 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
14886 if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
14887 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp;
14888 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14889 && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14890 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14891 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
14893 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
14894 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14896 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14897 && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14898 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14899 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
14900 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14901 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14902 && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
14904 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
14905 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14907 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14908 && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
14909 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14910 else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
14912 const char *out_string, *in_string;
14914 out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp);
14915 in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp);
14916 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14917 if (!out_string && !in_string)
14919 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14920 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14921 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_fp);
14922 else if (!out_string)
14924 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14925 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14926 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_string);
14927 else if (!in_string)
14929 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14930 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14931 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_fp);
14934 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14935 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14936 really relevant to the error message. */
14937 if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
14938 out_string = "-mhard-float";
14939 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
14940 in_string = "-mhard-float";
14942 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14943 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_string);
14948 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
14949 non-conflicting ones. */
14950 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
14952 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1;
14953 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
14954 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i;
14955 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
14956 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
14958 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
14960 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14961 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14962 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
14963 "-mmsa", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
14967 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
14969 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
14971 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14972 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14973 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
14974 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, "-mmsa");
14979 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14980 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14981 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
14982 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
14983 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
14989 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
14990 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
14995 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
14996 object file when linking. */
14999 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15001 flagword old_flags;
15002 flagword new_flags;
15004 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
15006 obj_attribute *out_attr;
15008 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15009 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
15011 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15012 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15017 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
15020 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
15022 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15023 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15028 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15030 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid)
15032 obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15033 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15034 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i =
15035 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.fp_abi;
15038 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
15041 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15042 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15043 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15044 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
15046 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15047 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15048 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15049 not affect compatibility. */
15050 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
15051 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
15052 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
15054 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
15055 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
15056 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
15058 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
15062 if (null_input_bfd)
15065 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15066 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid)
15068 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags);
15069 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15073 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
15074 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags;
15075 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags);
15076 in_abiflags = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags;
15078 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15079 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15080 if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5)
15081 in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2;
15083 if (in_abiflags.isa_level != abiflags.isa_level
15084 || in_abiflags.isa_rev != abiflags.isa_rev
15085 || in_abiflags.isa_ext != abiflags.isa_ext)
15086 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15087 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15088 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15089 if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15090 && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi)
15091 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15092 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15093 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15094 if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases)
15095 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15096 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15097 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15098 if (in_abiflags.isa_ext != abiflags.isa_ext)
15099 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15100 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15101 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15102 if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0)
15103 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15104 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15105 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd,
15106 (unsigned long) in_abiflags.flags2);
15109 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags_valid)
15111 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15112 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags;
15113 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15116 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
15118 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
15119 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15120 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15121 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
15123 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
15124 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
15125 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
15126 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
15128 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
15129 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15132 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15133 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags);
15139 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15140 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15141 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15143 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15144 /* Merge abiflags. */
15145 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.isa_rev
15146 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.isa_rev,
15147 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.isa_rev);
15148 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.gpr_size
15149 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.gpr_size,
15150 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.gpr_size);
15151 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size
15152 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size,
15153 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.cpr1_size);
15154 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size
15155 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size,
15156 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.cpr2_size);
15158 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.ases
15159 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.ases;
15160 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags.flags1
15161 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd)->abiflags.flags1;
15163 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15164 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15165 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
15167 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15169 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15170 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15172 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15173 doesn't seem to matter. */
15174 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15175 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15177 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15178 just be able to ignore this. */
15179 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15180 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15182 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15183 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
15184 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15186 if (new_flags == old_flags)
15191 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
15192 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
15194 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15195 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15200 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
15201 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15202 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
15203 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
15205 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15206 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15208 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15209 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
15211 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15212 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15216 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
15218 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15219 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15221 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15222 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15223 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15224 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
15225 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
15226 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
15227 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15229 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15230 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abiflags);
15232 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15233 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15234 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
15235 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
15236 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
15237 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
15241 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15242 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15243 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15245 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
15246 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
15251 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15252 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15254 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15255 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15256 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
15257 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15258 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15260 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15261 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15262 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15263 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15265 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15266 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15268 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
15269 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
15272 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15273 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15276 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15277 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15278 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
15280 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15281 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15282 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15283 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15284 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
15285 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
15287 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
15289 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15290 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15292 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15293 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15297 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15299 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15300 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15303 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15304 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008))
15306 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15308 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15309 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15310 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15311 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15313 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15314 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15317 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15318 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64))
15320 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15322 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15323 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15324 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15325 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15327 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15328 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15331 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15332 if (new_flags != old_flags)
15334 (*_bfd_error_handler)
15335 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15336 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
15337 (unsigned long) old_flags);
15343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15350 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15353 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
15355 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
15356 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
15358 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
15359 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
15364 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
15368 default: return "";
15369 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
15370 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15371 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
15372 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15373 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
15374 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15375 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
15376 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15377 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
15378 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15379 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
15380 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15382 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15383 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
15384 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15385 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
15386 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15387 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
15388 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15389 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
15390 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15391 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
15392 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15393 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
15394 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15395 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
15396 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15397 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
15398 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15399 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
15400 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15401 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
15402 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15403 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
15404 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15405 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
15406 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15407 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
15408 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15409 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
15410 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15411 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
15412 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15413 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
15414 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15415 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
15416 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15417 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
15418 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15419 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
15420 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15421 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
15422 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15423 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
15424 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15425 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
15426 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15427 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
15428 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15429 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
15430 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15431 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
15432 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15433 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
15434 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15435 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
15436 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15437 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
15438 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15439 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
15440 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15441 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
15442 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15443 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
15444 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15445 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
15446 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15447 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
15448 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15449 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
15450 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15451 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
15452 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15453 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
15454 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15455 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
15456 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15457 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
15458 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15462 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15466 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp)
15470 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15472 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15473 return "-mdouble-float";
15475 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15476 return "-msingle-float";
15478 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15479 return "-msoft-float";
15481 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15482 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15484 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15487 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15488 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15490 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15491 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15499 print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask)
15501 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP)
15502 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file);
15503 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2)
15504 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file);
15505 if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA)
15506 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file);
15507 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU)
15508 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file);
15509 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX)
15510 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file);
15511 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D)
15512 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file);
15513 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT)
15514 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file);
15515 if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS)
15516 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file);
15517 if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT)
15518 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file);
15519 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA)
15520 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file);
15521 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16)
15522 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file);
15523 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15524 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file);
15525 if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA)
15526 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file);
15528 fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15529 else if ((mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK) != 0)
15530 fprintf (stdout, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK);
15534 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext)
15539 fputs (_("None"), file);
15542 fputs ("RMI XLR", file);
15544 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2:
15545 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file);
15547 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP:
15548 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file);
15550 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A:
15551 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file);
15553 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON:
15554 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file);
15557 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file);
15560 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file);
15563 fputs ("LSI R4010", file);
15566 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file);
15569 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file);
15571 case AFL_EXT_10000:
15572 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file);
15575 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file);
15578 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file);
15581 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file);
15584 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file);
15587 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file);
15589 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E:
15590 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file);
15592 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F:
15593 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file);
15596 fprintf (file, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext);
15602 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val)
15606 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY:
15607 fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15609 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15610 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15612 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15613 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15615 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15616 fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n"));
15618 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15619 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15621 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15622 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15624 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15625 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15627 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15628 fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15631 fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val);
15637 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size)
15639 return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0
15640 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32
15641 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64
15642 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128
15647 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
15651 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
15653 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15654 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
15656 /* xgettext:c-format */
15657 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
15659 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
15660 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15661 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
15662 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15663 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
15664 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15665 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
15666 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15667 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15668 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15669 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
15670 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15671 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
15672 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
15674 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
15676 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
15677 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
15678 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
15679 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
15680 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
15681 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
15682 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
15683 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
15684 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
15685 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
15686 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
15687 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
15688 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
15689 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
15690 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
15691 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
15692 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
15693 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
15694 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6)
15695 fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]");
15696 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
15697 fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]");
15699 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15701 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
15702 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
15704 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
15705 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
15707 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15708 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
15710 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)
15711 fprintf (file, " [nan2008]");
15713 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)
15714 fprintf (file, " [old fp64]");
15716 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
15717 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
15719 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15721 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
15722 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
15724 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
15725 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
15727 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
15728 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
15730 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
15731 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
15733 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
15734 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
15736 fputc ('\n', file);
15738 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15740 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15741 fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version);
15742 fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level);
15743 if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1)
15744 fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev);
15745 fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d",
15746 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size));
15747 fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15748 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size));
15749 fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15750 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size));
15751 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file);
15752 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi);
15753 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file);
15754 print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext);
15755 fputs ("\nASEs:", file);
15756 print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases);
15757 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1);
15758 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2);
15759 fputc ('\n', file);
15765 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
15767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15769 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
15770 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
15773 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15776 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15777 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15778 definiton of the symbol. */
15780 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
15781 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
15782 bfd_boolean definition,
15783 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15785 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15787 unsigned char other;
15789 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
15790 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15791 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
15795 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
15796 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
15799 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15800 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15802 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
15804 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
15808 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
15810 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
15811 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15812 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
15815 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15816 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15819 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
15820 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15823 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
15824 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
15827 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15828 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15829 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15830 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15831 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15832 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15833 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15834 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15837 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
15838 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15839 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15840 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
15843 static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15844 static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt";
15845 static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt";
15846 static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt";
15848 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
15849 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
15850 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
15851 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
15852 bfd_byte *plt_data;
15853 bfd_vma plt_offset;
15854 unsigned int other;
15855 bfd_vma entry_size;
15874 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0)
15877 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
15878 if (relplt == NULL)
15881 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
15882 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
15885 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
15889 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
15890 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
15892 p = relplt->relocation;
15894 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15895 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15896 PLT slots per relocation. */
15897 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
15898 counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
15899 size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol);
15900 size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) +
15901 (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix)));
15902 for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
15903 size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
15905 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15906 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname);
15908 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data))
15911 if (plt->size < 16)
15914 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
15917 send = s + 2 * count + 1;
15919 names = (char *) send;
15920 nend = (char *) s + size;
15923 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12);
15924 if (opcode == 0x3302fffe)
15928 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15929 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15931 else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0)
15935 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15936 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15940 plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
15945 s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL;
15949 s->udata.i = other;
15950 memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname));
15951 names += sizeof (pltname);
15955 for (plt_offset = plt0_size;
15956 plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send;
15957 plt_offset += entry_size)
15959 bfd_vma gotplt_addr;
15960 const char *suffix;
15965 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4);
15967 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15968 if (opcode == 0x651aeb00)
15972 /* Truncated table??? */
15973 if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size)
15975 gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12);
15976 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
15977 suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix);
15978 suffix = m16suffix;
15979 other = STO_MIPS16;
15981 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
15982 else if (opcode == 0xff220000)
15986 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f;
15987 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
15988 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
15990 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
15991 gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3;
15992 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
15993 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
15994 suffix = microsuffix;
15995 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
15997 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
15998 else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16000 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16001 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff;
16002 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16003 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16004 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16005 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16006 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16007 suffix = microsuffix;
16008 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16010 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16013 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff;
16014 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff;
16015 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16016 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16017 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16018 entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
16019 suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix);
16020 suffix = mipssuffix;
16023 /* Truncated table??? */
16024 if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size)
16028 i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr;
16029 i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti);
16036 *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr;
16037 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16038 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16039 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
16040 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
16041 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
16043 s->value = plt_offset;
16045 s->udata.i = other;
16047 len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16048 namelen = len + suffixlen;
16049 if (names + namelen > nend)
16052 memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
16054 memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen);
16055 names += suffixlen;
16058 pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti;
16068 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
16070 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
16071 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
16073 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
16076 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
16077 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
16079 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
16080 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
16083 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, link_info);
16085 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16086 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
16087 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3;